TWI911699B - Carrier, armrest installation unit, and heigh adjustment mechanism - Google Patents
Carrier, armrest installation unit, and heigh adjustment mechanismInfo
- Publication number
- TWI911699B TWI911699B TW113112201A TW113112201A TWI911699B TW I911699 B TWI911699 B TW I911699B TW 113112201 A TW113112201 A TW 113112201A TW 113112201 A TW113112201 A TW 113112201A TW I911699 B TWI911699 B TW I911699B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- frame
- backrest
- groove
- assembly
- locking
- Prior art date
Links
Abstract
Description
本發明涉及載具、扶手安裝單元以及高度調節機構。This invention relates to a vehicle, a handrail mounting unit, and a height adjustment mechanism.
載具,例如兒童推車、兒童餐椅、兒童三輪車等,越來越廣泛地應用於有需要的家庭中。目前市面上的載具存在若干問題。以兒童推車為例進行說明,為了便於收納和運輸,兒童推車的車架大多具有收合功能,但收合機構的操作複雜,使用不方便。另外,在車架收合的過程中,背靠架受到推力的作用而容易向接近座椅架的方向發生晃動。有些兒童推車的推手架可進行前後換向以便於使用者照顧兒童,但在推車架前後換向過程中會引起座椅組件活動,導致座椅組件與背靠組件之間的角度調整發生變化,使得使用者難以進行調整。兒童推車通常設置有與扶手杆可拆卸連接的扶手本體,目前應用於扶手本體與扶手杆之間的可拆卸連接的結構較為複雜。兒童推車等載具可設有腳踏板,由於不同的乘坐者的雙腿長度及乘坐姿勢的不同,往往需要對腳踏板進行移動調整,尤其是在高度方向上進行調整,以減少乘坐者的腿部所承受的壓力,提高乘坐舒適度,但是,現有的高度調節機構往往結構複雜,操作不方便,難以滿足消費者的需求。Vehicles such as strollers, high chairs, and tricycles are increasingly used in families with such needs. However, several problems exist with vehicles currently on the market. Taking strollers as an example, most stroller frames have a folding function for easy storage and transportation, but the folding mechanism is complicated to operate and inconvenient to use. Furthermore, during the folding process, the backrest frame is prone to wobbling towards the seat frame due to the pushing force. Some stroller handles can be reversed for easier childcare, but this reversing causes the seat assembly to move, altering the angle between the seat and backrest components, making adjustments difficult for the user. Strollers typically have a handlebar body that is detachably connected to the armrest. Currently, the detachable connection structure between the handlebar body and the armrest is quite complex. Strollers and other vehicles may have footrests. Due to differences in leg length and riding posture among different passengers, the footrests often need to be adjusted, especially in the height direction, to reduce the pressure on the passenger's legs and improve riding comfort. However, existing height adjustment mechanisms are often complex in structure, inconvenient to operate, and difficult to meet consumer needs.
本發明的第一方面提供一種載具,包括:背靠組件;車架,在收合狀態和展開狀態之間可切換;座椅組件,活動地設置於所述車架上;以及連杆組件,分別與所述車架、所述座椅組件及所述背靠組件活動地連接。所述車架由展開狀態切換至收合狀態時能夠通過所述連杆組件帶動所述背靠組件向靠近所述座椅組件的方向收合。A first aspect of the invention provides a vehicle comprising: a backrest assembly; a frame switchable between a folded state and an unfolded state; a seat assembly movably disposed on the frame; and a linkage assembly movably connected to the frame, the seat assembly, and the backrest assembly, respectively. When the frame is switched from the unfolded state to the folded state, the linkage assembly can drive the backrest assembly to fold towards the seat assembly.
在一些實施例中,所述連杆組件包括第一連杆和第二連杆,所述第一連杆具有第一活動部和第一樞接部,所述第一活動部與所述座椅組件活動地連接,所述第一樞接部與所述車架樞接,所述第二連杆具有第二活動部和第二樞接部,所述第二活動部與所述第一連杆活動地連接,所述第二樞接部與所述背靠組件樞接。In some embodiments, the linkage assembly includes a first link and a second link, the first link having a first movable portion and a first connecting portion, the first movable portion being movably connected to the seat assembly and the first connecting portion being connected to the vehicle frame, the second link having a second movable portion and a second connecting portion, the second movable portion being movably connected to the first link and the second connecting portion being connected to the backrest assembly.
在一些實施例中,所述車架包括沿所述載具的前後方向延伸的座管,所述座椅組件包括滑動設置於所述座管上的活動架,所述第一活動部與所述活動架活動地連接。In some embodiments, the frame includes a seat tube extending in the longitudinal direction of the vehicle, and the seat assembly includes a movable frame slidably disposed on the seat tube, the first movable part being movably connected to the movable frame.
在一些實施例中,所述活動架設有連接部,所述連接部設有導向槽,所述第一活動部插設於所述導向槽且能沿所述導向槽移動。In some embodiments, the movable bracket is provided with a connecting part, the connecting part is provided with a guide groove, and the first movable part is inserted into the guide groove and can move along the guide groove.
在一些實施例中,所述導向槽包括相互連通的第一槽部和第二槽部,所述第一槽部沿著所述活動架的移動方向延伸,所述第二槽部的延伸方向與所述第一槽部的延伸方向交叉。In some embodiments, the guide groove includes a first groove portion and a second groove portion that are interconnected, the first groove portion extending along the movement direction of the movable frame, and the extension direction of the second groove portion intersecting the extension direction of the first groove portion.
在一些實施例中,所述導向槽具有第一端和第二端,所述車架處於展開狀態時,所述第一活動部位於所述第一端,所述車架處於收合狀態時,所述第一活動部位於所述第二端。In some embodiments, the guide groove has a first end and a second end, with the first movable part located at the first end when the frame is in the unfolded state and at the second end when the frame is in the retracted state.
在一些實施例中,所述連接部設有槽口,所述導向槽設置在所述槽口的一側槽壁或兩相對側槽壁上且貫穿所述一側槽壁或兩相對側槽壁,所述第一活動部經所述槽口伸入所述連接部中並滑動連接至所述導向槽。In some embodiments, the connecting portion is provided with a slot, and the guide groove is disposed on one side wall or two opposite side walls of the slot and penetrates the one side wall or two opposite side walls. The first movable portion extends into the connecting portion through the slot and slides to the guide groove.
在一些實施例中,所述車架包括樞接於所述座管上的推手架,所述推手架可被操作以相對所述座管轉動而使所述載具的行進方向在第一前進方向和第二前進方向之間切換,當所述載具的行進方向從第一前進方向切換至第二前進方向時,所述推手架帶動所述活動架沿著所述座管向所述第一前進方向移動,和/或,所述第一連杆向所述第二前進方向移動。In some embodiments, the frame includes a pusher arm linked to the seatpost, the pusher arm being operable to rotate relative to the seatpost to switch the vehicle's direction of travel between a first forward direction and a second forward direction. When the vehicle's direction of travel switches from the first forward direction to the second forward direction, the pusher arm actuates the movable frame along the seatpost toward the first forward direction, and/or the first link moves toward the second forward direction.
在一些實施例中,所述活動架具有卡接部,所述車架處於展開狀態時,所述卡接部與所述第二活動部卡接配合,所述推手架轉動換向過程中,所述卡接部與所述第二活動部脫離配合。In some embodiments, the movable frame has a locking part that engages with the second movable part when the frame is in the unfolded state, and disengages from the second movable part during the rotation and reversal of the pusher frame.
在一些實施例中,所述第一連杆具有驅動槽,所述驅動槽位於所述第一活動部和所述第一樞接部之間,所述第二活動部插設於所述驅動槽且能沿所述驅動槽滑動。In some embodiments, the first link has a drive groove located between the first movable part and the first connecting part, and the second movable part is inserted into the drive groove and can slide along the drive groove.
在一些實施例中,所述背靠組件包括第一背靠架、第二背靠架和背靠管,所述第一背靠架的第一端與所述第二連杆的所述第二樞接部樞接,所述第一背靠架的第二端與所述第二背靠架的第一端樞接,所述第二背靠架的第二端與所述背靠管的第一端樞接,所述背靠管的第二端、所述第二連杆的位於所述第二活動部和所述第二樞接部之間的部分以及所述活動架通過第一連接軸樞接。In some embodiments, the backrest assembly includes a first backrest frame, a second backrest frame, and a backrest tube. A first end of the first backrest frame is hinged to a second hinge portion of the second connecting rod. A second end of the first backrest frame is hinged to a first end of the second backrest frame. A second end of the second backrest frame is hinged to a first end of the backrest tube. The second end of the backrest tube, the portion of the second connecting rod located between the second movable portion and the second hinge portion, and the movable frame are hinged via a first connecting shaft.
在一些實施例中,所述第二連杆包括相互連接的第一杆部和第二杆部,第一杆部和第二杆部互成夾角,所述第二活動部位於所述第一杆部的遠離所述第二杆部的端部,所述第二樞接部位於所述第二杆部,所述第一連接軸位於所述第一杆部和所述第二杆部的連接處。In some embodiments, the second link includes a first link portion and a second link portion connected to each other, the first link portion and the second link portion forming an angle with each other, the second movable portion being at the end of the first link portion away from the second link portion, the second pivot portion being at the second link portion, and the first connecting shaft being located at the connection between the first link portion and the second link portion.
在一些實施例中,所述背靠組件還包括束帶和束帶調節器,所述車架的左右兩側均設有所述連杆組件,所述束帶的一端與所述車架的一側的所述第二杆部遠離所述第一杆部的端部連接,所述束帶的另一端繞過所述背靠管的背向所述座椅組件的一面而與所述車架的另一側的所述第二杆部遠離所述第一杆部的端部連接,所述束帶調節器設於所述束帶以用於調節所述束帶的長度。In some embodiments, the backrest assembly further includes a strap and a strap adjuster. The linkage assembly is provided on both the left and right sides of the frame. One end of the strap is connected to the end of the second rod portion on one side of the frame away from the first rod portion. The other end of the strap wraps around the side of the backrest tube opposite to the seat assembly and is connected to the end of the second rod portion on the other side of the frame away from the first rod portion. The strap adjuster is provided on the strap for adjusting the length of the strap.
在一些實施例中,所述背靠組件還包括限位片,所述限位片通過所述第一連接軸樞接於所述背靠管和所述第二連杆之間。In some embodiments, the backrest assembly further includes a limiting piece that is pivotally connected between the backrest tube and the second link via the first connecting shaft.
在一些實施例中,所述車架包括推手架及與所述推手架活動地連接的輔助架,所述連杆組件與所述輔助架樞接,所述推手架可被操作以通過帶動所述車架收合,並通過所述輔助架和所述座椅組件帶動所述連杆組件連動而使得所述背靠組件向靠近所述座椅組件的方向收合。In some embodiments, the frame includes a pusher arm and an auxiliary frame movably connected to the pusher arm, the linkage assembly being linked to the auxiliary frame, the pusher arm being operable to retract the frame by actuating it, and the backrest assembly retracting toward the seat assembly by actuating the linkage assembly via the auxiliary frame and the seat assembly.
本發明的第二方面提供一種載具,包括:可收合的車架;限位塊,設置於所述車架上並設置有伸縮部;活動架,設置於所述車架上;背靠架,設置於所述車架上並具有活動端。當所述車架由展開狀態向收合狀態切換時,所述背靠架在第一方向上轉動以靠近所述活動架,所述伸縮部適於與所述活動端抵接而對所述背靠架施加在第二方向上轉動的力,所述第一方向與所述第二方向相反。A second aspect of the invention provides a carrier comprising: a retractable frame; a limiting block disposed on the frame and having a telescopic portion; a movable frame disposed on the frame; and a backrest disposed on the frame and having a movable end. When the frame is switched from an extended state to a retracted state, the backrest rotates in a first direction to approach the movable frame, and the telescopic portion is adapted to abut against the movable end to exert a rotational force on the backrest in a second direction, the first direction being opposite to the second direction.
在一些實施例中,所述限位塊還包括本體部,所述本體部固定於所述車架上。所述伸縮部包括:滑塊,與所述本體部滑動配合,用於與所述活動端抵接;彈性復位件,夾持在所述本體部和所述滑塊之間。In some embodiments, the limiting block further includes a body portion fixed to the frame. The telescopic portion includes: a slider that slides with the body portion for abutting against the movable end; and an elastic return member held between the body portion and the slider.
在一些實施例中,所述本體部具有導向槽,所述伸縮部安裝在所述導向槽中,所述滑塊在所述彈性復位件的作用下能夠相對於所述導向槽的槽口彈性地伸縮。In some embodiments, the body portion has a guide groove, the telescopic portion is installed in the guide groove, and the slider can elastically extend and retract relative to the opening of the guide groove under the action of the elastic reset member.
在一些實施例中,所述導向槽的槽口的底部具有向外凸伸的延長支撐部,和/或所述導向槽的槽口的上部或者上方設置有限位凸起。In some embodiments, the bottom of the guide groove opening has an outwardly protruding extended support, and/or a limiting protrusion is provided on the upper part or above the guide groove opening.
在一些實施例中,所述滑塊和所述本體部之間設置有限位機構,所述限位機構用於限制所述滑塊的滑動行程。所述限位機構包括:限位孔,設置在所述導向槽的槽壁和所述滑塊中的一者上;限位凸塊,設置在所述導向槽的槽壁和所述滑塊中的另一者上;所述限位凸塊與所述限位孔滑動配合。In some embodiments, a limiting mechanism is provided between the slider and the body portion to limit the sliding stroke of the slider. The limiting mechanism includes: a limiting hole disposed on one of the guide groove wall and the slider; and a limiting protrusion disposed on the other of the guide groove wall and the slider; the limiting protrusion slidably engages with the limiting hole.
在一些實施例中,所述本體部具有第一端面;當所述車架處於展開狀態時,所述第一端面與所述活動端抵接以限制所述背靠架的轉動。In some embodiments, the body portion has a first end face; when the frame is in the deployed state, the first end face abuts against the movable end to restrict the rotation of the backrest.
在一些實施例中,所述第一端面位於所述伸縮部的上方,和/或所述導向槽的槽口的端面與所述第一端面的交匯處形成有限位凸起。In some embodiments, the first end face is located above the telescopic portion, and/or a limiting protrusion is formed at the intersection of the end face of the guide groove opening and the first end face.
在一些實施例中,所述限位塊還包括本體部,所述本體部固定於所述車架上。所述伸縮部安裝於所述本體部上並可彈性地變形。In some embodiments, the limiting block further includes a body portion fixed to the frame. The telescopic portion is mounted on the body portion and is elastically deformable.
在一些實施例中,所述活動架可移動地設置在所述車架上。當所述車架處於展開狀態時,所述活動端適於夾持在所述限位塊和所述活動架之間。當所述車架向所述收合狀態切換時,所述活動架向遠離所述限位塊的方向移動以允許所述背靠架轉動。In some embodiments, the movable frame is movably mounted on the frame. When the frame is in the extended position, the movable end is adapted to clamp between the limiting block and the movable frame. When the frame switches to the retracted position, the movable frame moves away from the limiting block to allow the backrest to rotate.
在一些實施例中,所述車架包括座管,所述限位塊固定於所述座管,所述活動架與所述座管滑動配合,所述背靠架樞接於所述活動架。所述車架還包括推手架和驅動組件,所述推手架的轉動通過所述驅動組件驅動所述活動架沿著所述座管移動。In some embodiments, the frame includes a seatpost, the limiting block is fixed to the seatpost, the swivel frame is slidably engaged with the seatpost, and the backrest is linked to the swivel frame. The frame also includes a pusher arm and a drive assembly, the rotation of the pusher arm driving the swivel frame along the seatpost via the drive assembly.
在一些實施例中,所述驅動組件包括第一驅動杆、第二驅動杆和樞接銷,所述第一驅動杆和所述推手架均套裝在所述樞接銷上,所述第二驅動杆與所述活動架樞接;所述推手架轉動時通過所述樞接銷驅動所述第一驅動杆轉動。所述限位塊還包括本體部,所述本體部上設有孔,所述樞接銷穿過所述孔,以限制所述限位塊和所述座管之間的相對移動。In some embodiments, the driving component includes a first driving rod, a second driving rod, and a connecting pin. The first driving rod and the pusher frame are both fitted onto the connecting pin, and the second driving rod is connected to the movable frame. When the pusher frame rotates, it drives the first driving rod to rotate via the connecting pin. The limiting block also includes a body portion with a hole through which the connecting pin passes to limit the relative movement between the limiting block and the seat tube.
本發明的第三方面提供一種載具,包括:車架;座椅組件,其安裝在所述車架上,並且能夠沿所述車架的前後方向相對於所述車架在第一位置和第二位置之間移動;背靠組件,其安裝在所述座椅組件上,並且能夠相對於所述座椅組件進行角度調整;推手架,其樞接在所述車架上,並且在相對於所述車架樞轉時驅動所述座椅組件沿所述車架的前後方向相對於所述車架移動;以及聯動機構,其設置在所述座椅組件一側,並且與所述背靠組件連接,所述聯動機構使得在所述座椅組件處於所述第一位置和所述第二位置時所述背靠組件相對於所述座椅組件的角度調整範圍相同。A third aspect of the invention provides a vehicle comprising: a frame; a seat assembly mounted on the frame and movable relative to the frame in a longitudinal direction between a first position and a second position; a backrest assembly mounted on the seat assembly and angularly adjustable relative to the seat assembly; a push arm hinged to the frame and driving the seat assembly to move relative to the frame in a longitudinal direction when pivoting relative to the frame; and a linkage mechanism disposed on one side of the seat assembly and connected to the backrest assembly, the linkage mechanism such that the angular adjustment range of the backrest assembly relative to the seat assembly is the same when the seat assembly is in the first position and the second position.
在一些實施例中,所述背靠組件包括背靠管和束帶,所述背靠管的底部樞接到所述座椅組件,所述束帶的端部連接到所述聯動機構,所述背靠管支撐在所述束帶上。所述聯動機構還與所述座椅組件連接,並且使得所述束帶的所述端部隨所述座椅組件沿所述車架的前後方向同步移動。In some embodiments, the backrest assembly includes a backrest tube and a strap, the bottom of the backrest tube being pivoted to the seat assembly, the end of the strap being connected to the linkage mechanism, and the backrest tube supporting the strap. The linkage mechanism is also connected to the seat assembly and causes the end of the strap to move synchronously with the seat assembly in the longitudinal direction of the vehicle frame.
在一些實施例中,所述聯動機構包括聯動杆,所述聯動杆的第一端連接到所述座椅組件,所述聯動杆的第二端與所述束帶的所述端部連接,當所述座椅組件沿所述車架的前後方向移動時,所述座椅組件通過所述聯動杆帶動所述束帶的所述端部沿所述車架的前後方向移動。In some embodiments, the linkage mechanism includes a linkage rod, a first end of which is connected to the seat assembly, and a second end of which is connected to the end of the strap. When the seat assembly moves along the front-rear direction of the vehicle frame, the seat assembly drives the end of the strap to move along the front-rear direction of the vehicle frame via the linkage rod.
在一些實施例中,所述車架包括兩個側向車架和安裝在所述兩個側向車架之間的座管。所述座椅組件包括安裝所述座管上的活動架,所述推手架在相對於所述車架樞轉時驅動所述活動架沿所述車架的前後方向相對於所述座管移動。所述聯動杆的第一端連接到所述活動架,所述聯動杆的第二端沿所述車架的前後方向可移動地連接到所述側向車架,當所述活動架沿所述車架的前後方向相對於所述座管移動時,所述活動架通過所述聯動杆帶動所述束帶的所述端部沿所述車架的前後方向移動。In some embodiments, the frame includes two side frames and a seatpost mounted between the two side frames. The seat assembly includes a movable frame mounted on the seatpost, and the pusher arm drives the movable frame to move relative to the seatpost along the longitudinal direction of the frame when pivoting relative to the frame. A first end of a linkage is connected to the movable frame, and a second end of the linkage is movably connected to the side frames along the longitudinal direction of the frame. When the movable frame moves relative to the seatpost along the longitudinal direction of the frame, the movable frame actuates the end of the strap along the longitudinal direction of the frame via the linkage.
在一些實施例中,所述聯動杆設置於所述活動架和所述側向車架之間,所述活動架面向所述聯動杆的一側設置有凹部,所述聯動杆的第一端接納於所述凹部中。In some embodiments, the linkage is disposed between the movable frame and the side frame, the movable frame having a recess on the side facing the linkage, and the first end of the linkage is received in the recess.
在一些實施例中,所述聯動杆面向所述活動架的一側設置有第一突出部,所述活動架的所述凹部中設置有凹槽或通孔,所述第一突出部接納於所述凹槽或通孔中。In some embodiments, the linkage rod has a first protrusion on the side facing the movable frame, and the recess of the movable frame has a groove or through hole, the first protrusion being received in the groove or through hole.
在一些實施例中,所述活動架背離所述聯動杆的一側設置有第二突出部,所述聯動機構還包括彈性件,所述彈性件的一端環設在所述第二突出部的外圍,所述彈性件的另一端鉤掛在所述聯動杆背離所述活動架的一側。In some embodiments, the movable frame has a second protrusion on the side opposite to the linkage rod, and the linkage mechanism also includes an elastic element, one end of which is encircled around the second protrusion, and the other end of which is hooked onto the side of the linkage rod opposite to the movable frame.
在一些實施例中,所述背靠組件包括背靠管和束帶,所述背靠管的底部樞接到所述座椅組件,所述束帶的端部連接到所述聯動機構,所述背靠管支撐在所述束帶上。所述聯動機構包括傳動組件和滑動件,所述滑動件沿所述車架的前後方向可移動地安裝到所述車架,並且與所述束帶的所述端部連接。所述傳動組件分別與所述推手架和所述滑動件連接,並且能夠將所述推手架的轉動轉化成所述滑動件沿所述車架的前後方向的移動,從而使得所述束帶的所述端部與所述座椅組件沿所述車架的前後方向同步移動。In some embodiments, the backrest assembly includes a backrest tube and a strap, the bottom of which is hinged to the seat assembly, and the end of the strap is connected to the linkage mechanism, with the backrest tube supported on the strap. The linkage mechanism includes a transmission component and a sliding component, the sliding component being movably mounted to the frame along the longitudinal direction and connected to the end of the strap. The transmission component is connected to both the push-arm bracket and the sliding component, and is capable of converting rotation of the push-arm bracket into movement of the sliding component along the longitudinal direction of the frame, thereby causing the end of the strap and the seat assembly to move synchronously along the longitudinal direction of the frame.
在一些實施例中,所述滑動件包括滑動部和連接部,所述連接部與所述傳動組件連接,所述滑動部與所述束帶的所述端部固定連接,所述傳動組件通過所述連接部帶動所述滑動部沿所述車架的前後方向移動。In some embodiments, the sliding member includes a sliding portion and a connecting portion, the connecting portion being connected to the transmission assembly, the sliding portion being fixedly connected to the end of the strap, and the transmission assembly driving the sliding portion to move along the front-rear direction of the frame via the connecting portion.
在一些實施例中,所述傳動組件包括聯動齒輪,所述滑動件上設置有齒牙,所述推手架與穿設於所述車架的樞接軸固定連接,所述樞接軸與所述聯動齒輪連接並且能夠帶動所述聯動齒輪轉動,所述聯動齒輪與所述滑動件嚙合,所述聯動齒輪的轉動能夠使得所述滑動件沿所述車架的前後方向移動。In some embodiments, the transmission component includes a linkage gear, the sliding member is provided with teeth, the push arm is fixedly connected to a pivot shaft passing through the frame, the pivot shaft is connected to the linkage gear and can drive the linkage gear to rotate, the linkage gear meshes with the sliding member, and the rotation of the linkage gear can cause the sliding member to move along the front-rear direction of the frame.
在一些實施例中,所述傳動組件還包括從動齒輪和輸出齒輪,所述聯動齒輪通過所述從動齒輪與所述滑動件嚙合;所述從動齒輪通過所述輸出齒輪與所述滑動件嚙合。In some embodiments, the transmission component further includes a driven gear and an output gear, wherein the driving gear meshes with the sliding member through the driven gear; and the driven gear meshes with the sliding member through the output gear.
在一些實施例中,所述聯動機構還包括牽引件和驅動輪,所述驅動輪套設於所述樞接軸上並且能夠隨所述樞接軸轉動,所述牽引件分別與所述驅動輪和所述聯動齒輪連接,所述驅動輪轉動時能夠通過所述牽引件帶動所述聯動齒輪轉動。In some embodiments, the linkage mechanism further includes a traction member and a drive wheel. The drive wheel is sleeved on the pivot shaft and can rotate with the pivot shaft. The traction member is connected to the drive wheel and the linkage gear respectively. When the drive wheel rotates, it can drive the linkage gear to rotate through the traction member.
在一些實施例中,所述牽引件為線纜,所述線纜的一端固定在所述聯動齒輪的第一位置,所述線纜的另一端延伸至所述驅動輪並繞過所述驅動輪後延伸回所述聯動齒輪並固定在與該第一位置相對的第二位置,所述線纜繞設在所述驅動輪上的部分也固定至所述驅動輪的某一位置,當所述驅動輪轉動時,所述驅動輪和所述聯動齒輪兩側的線纜部分的長度發生變化,從而使得所述聯動齒輪也發生轉動。In some embodiments, the traction element is a cable, one end of which is fixed to a first position of the linkage gear, and the other end of which extends to the drive wheel, passes around the drive wheel, extends back to the linkage gear, and is fixed to a second position opposite to the first position. The portion of the cable wound around the drive wheel is also fixed to a certain position of the drive wheel. When the drive wheel rotates, the lengths of the cable portions on both sides of the drive wheel and the linkage gear change, thereby causing the linkage gear to rotate as well.
在一些實施例中,所述車架內設置有空腔,所述載具還包括安裝座,所述安裝座設置在所述空腔內,所述安裝座包括殼體,所述殼體的內壁上設置有擋板,所述擋板將所述殼體分成第一容置空間和第二容置空間,所述滑動件的所述滑動部設置在所述第一容置空間中並且可滑動地設置在所述擋板上,所述傳動組件設置在所述第二容置空間。所述安裝座還包括蓋體,所述蓋體安裝到所述殼體並且與所述殼體共同限定所述第二容置空間,所述傳動組件設置在所述蓋體和所述殼體之間,所述連接部的一端跨過所述蓋體的上端後在所述蓋體的外側延伸,所述蓋體上設置有開口,所述傳動組件通過所述開口與所述連接部連接。In some embodiments, the frame has a cavity, and the vehicle further includes a mounting base disposed within the cavity. The mounting base includes a housing, and a baffle is provided on the inner wall of the housing. The baffle divides the housing into a first accommodating space and a second accommodating space. The sliding part of the sliding member is disposed in the first accommodating space and slidably disposed on the baffle. The transmission component is disposed in the second accommodating space. The mounting base further includes a cover body, which is mounted to the housing and together with the housing defines the second accommodating space. The transmission component is disposed between the cover body and the housing. One end of the connecting portion extends beyond the upper end of the cover body and extends to the outside of the cover body. The cover body is provided with an opening, through which the transmission component is connected to the connecting portion.
在一些實施例中,所述車架包括兩個側向車架,所述座椅組件安裝在所述兩個側向車架之間,所述側向車架上設置有沿所述車架的前後方向延伸的滑槽,所述束帶的所述端部可滑動地安裝到所述滑槽,當所述推手架相對於所述車架樞轉時所述聯動機構使得所述束帶的所述端部在所述滑槽內沿所述車架的前後方向滑動。In some embodiments, the frame includes two side frames, the seat assembly is mounted between the two side frames, the side frames are provided with grooves extending in the front-rear direction of the frame, the end of the strap is slidably mounted to the groove, and the linkage mechanism causes the end of the strap to slide in the groove in the front-rear direction of the frame when the pusher arm rotates relative to the frame.
在一些實施例中,所述背靠組件包括背靠管和束帶,所述背靠管的底部樞接到所述座椅組件,所述束帶的端部連接到所述聯動機構,所述背靠管支撐在所述束帶上。所述聯動機構包括導引件和連接件,所述導引件附接在所述車架上,所述束帶的端部經過所述導引件後與所述連接件連接,所述連接件又與所述座椅組件連接,並且能夠隨座椅組件沿所述車架的前後方向移動,從而通過所述束帶帶動所述背靠管隨所述座椅組件同步移動,所述連接件為單獨的連接件或者與所述束帶一體成型。In some embodiments, the backrest assembly includes a backrest tube and a strap. The bottom of the backrest tube is pivoted to the seat assembly, and the end of the strap is connected to the linkage mechanism. The backrest tube is supported on the strap. The linkage mechanism includes a guide and a connector. The guide is attached to the frame, and the end of the strap passes through the guide and connects to the connector. The connector is connected to the seat assembly and can move with the seat assembly along the front-rear direction of the frame. Thus, the backrest tube moves synchronously with the seat assembly via the strap. The connector can be a separate connector or integrally formed with the strap.
本發明的第四方面提供一種扶手安裝單元,包括:第一連接座,設置有配卡部;第一磁吸件,設置於所述第一連接座;第二連接座,設置有卡合件;第二磁吸件,設置於所述第二連接座。所述第一連接座和所述第二連接座通過所述配卡部和所述卡合件的可拆卸地卡合以及所述第一磁吸件和所述第二磁吸件的磁性吸附而可拆卸地連接。A fourth aspect of the present invention provides a handrail mounting unit, comprising: a first connector having a card-operating part; a first magnetic member disposed on the first connector; a second connector having a locking member; and a second magnetic member disposed on the second connector. The first connector and the second connector are detachably connected by the detachable engagement of the card-operating part and the locking member, and by the magnetic attraction of the first magnetic member and the second magnetic member.
在一些實施例中,所述第二連接座具有第一容納空間以及與所述第一容納空間相通的插設孔,所述卡合件包括位於所述第一容納空間中的至少一個彈性臂。所述配卡部適於通過所述插設孔進入或退出所述第一容納空間。所述配卡部設置有至少一個卡合槽,所述至少一個卡合槽用於和所述至少一個彈性臂可拆卸地卡合。In some embodiments, the second connector has a first receiving space and an insertion hole communicating with the first receiving space, and the engaging member includes at least one resilient arm located in the first receiving space. The dispensing part is adapted to enter or exit the first receiving space through the insertion hole. The dispensing part is provided with at least one engaging slot for detachably engaging with the at least one resilient arm.
在一些實施例中,所述配卡部包括凸起,所述至少一個卡合槽設置於所述凸起。所述凸起適於伸入所述第二連接座內,以允許所述至少一個卡合槽與所述至少一個彈性臂卡合。In some embodiments, the card-attaching portion includes a protrusion, and the at least one engaging slot is disposed on the protrusion. The protrusion is adapted to extend into the second connector to allow the at least one engaging slot to engage with the at least one elastic arm.
在一些實施例中,所述第一連接座上設置有止轉檯,所述止轉檯不可轉動地套裝在所述插設孔中。所述凸起設置在所述止轉檯上,所述第一連接座具有第一容納腔,所述第一容納腔位於所述凸起中,所述第一磁吸件安裝於所述第一容納腔中。In some embodiments, the first connector is provided with an anti-rotation plate, which is non-rotatably fitted into the insertion hole. The protrusion is provided on the anti-rotation plate, and the first connector has a first receiving cavity located in the protrusion, and the first magnetic member is installed in the first receiving cavity.
在一些實施例中,所述至少一個卡合槽包括設置在所述凸起的外周壁上的環形槽。所述至少一個彈性臂包括兩個彈性臂,所述兩個彈性臂相對設置並形成用於容納所述凸起的第二容納空間,當所述凸起位於所述第二容納空間中時,所述兩個彈性臂抱持所述環形槽。In some embodiments, the at least one engaging groove includes an annular groove disposed on the outer peripheral wall of the protrusion. The at least one elastic arm includes two elastic arms disposed opposite to each other and forming a second receiving space for receiving the protrusion, wherein the two elastic arms hold the annular groove when the protrusion is located in the second receiving space.
在一些實施例中,所述第二連接座的第一容納空間內設置有支座,所述兩個彈性臂的第一端通過固定部連接,所述固定部固定至所述支座,所述兩個彈性臂的第二端相對且間隔設置,所述支座設置有間隔件,所述間隔件靠近所述兩個彈性臂的第一端並位於二者之間,所述間隔件適於與所述兩個彈性臂相抵接。In some embodiments, a support is provided in the first accommodating space of the second connector, the first ends of the two elastic arms are connected by a fixing part, the fixing part is fixed to the support, the second ends of the two elastic arms are opposite to each other and spaced apart, the support is provided with a spacer, the spacer is close to the first ends of the two elastic arms and located between them, and the spacer is adapted to abut against the two elastic arms.
在一些實施例中,所述第二連接座還安裝有釋鎖件和彈性復位件;其中,所述釋鎖件與所述卡合件可操作地連接,用於推動所述至少一個彈性臂與所述至少一個卡合槽解除卡合;所述彈性復位件用於驅動所述釋鎖件復位。In some embodiments, the second connector is further provided with a release element and a resilient reset element; wherein the release element is operably connected to the engaging element for pushing the at least one resilient arm to disengage from the at least one engaging slot; and the resilient reset element is used to drive the release element to reset.
在一些實施例中,所述釋鎖件具有至少一個頂推部,所述至少一個彈性臂具有至少一個抵接部,各個所述頂推部適於頂推對應的所述抵接部,以使所述至少一個彈性臂與所述至少一個卡合槽解除卡合。In some embodiments, the release element has at least one push portion, and the at least one elastic arm has at least one abutment portion, each of the push portions being adapted to push the corresponding abutment portion to disengage the at least one elastic arm from the at least one engagement slot.
在一些實施例中,所述容納空間內設置有凸台,所述凸台具有與所述抵接部相對的導引面,所述頂推部夾設在所述導引面和所述抵接部之間,且所述頂推部具有與所述導引面滑動配合的滑動面。In some embodiments, a boss is provided in the accommodating space, the boss having a guide surface opposite to the abutment, the pusher being sandwiched between the guide surface and the abutment, and the pusher having a sliding surface that slides with the guide surface.
在一些實施例中,所述第一連接座包括連接本體和安裝座;所述安裝座通過緊固機構安裝於所述連接本體,或者所述安裝座與所述連接本體為一體成型件。所述配卡部設置於所述安裝座上。所述連接本體與扶手杆一體成型或者附接在一起。所述第二連接座與扶手本體通過樞軸樞接,所述樞軸的軸向垂直於所述配卡部的插拔方向。In some embodiments, the first connector includes a connector body and a mounting base; the mounting base is mounted on the connector body by a fastening mechanism, or the mounting base and the connector body are integrally formed. The card slot is disposed on the mounting base. The connector body is integrally formed with or attached to the handrail. The second connector is hinged to the handrail body by a pivot, the axis of which is perpendicular to the insertion/removal direction of the card slot.
本發明第五方面提供一種用於載具高度調節機構,包括:前腳支撐組件;腳踏板,能沿所述前腳支撐組件在高度方向上滑動;及鎖定組件,設於所述前腳支撐組件和所述腳踏板之間,所述鎖定組件在鎖定狀態和釋鎖狀態之間可切換,所述鎖定組件處於鎖定狀態時,所述腳踏板能相對所述前腳支撐組件固定於某一高度位置處,和/或,所述腳踏板能被操作以沿第一方向移動;所述鎖定組件處於釋鎖狀態時,所述腳踏板能被操作以沿所述第一方向移動或第二方向移動;所述第一方向和所述第二方向相反且均平行於所述高度方向。A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a vehicle height adjustment mechanism, comprising: a front foot support assembly; a foot pedal capable of sliding along the front foot support assembly in a height direction; and a locking assembly disposed between the front foot support assembly and the foot pedal, the locking assembly being switchable between a locked state and an unlocked state; when the locking assembly is in the locked state, the foot pedal is fixed relative to the front foot support assembly at a certain height position, and/or, the foot pedal is operable to move along a first direction; when the locking assembly is in the unlocked state, the foot pedal is operable to move along the first direction or a second direction; the first direction and the second direction are opposite and both parallel to the height direction.
在一些實施例中,所述鎖定組件包括:第一鎖定槽,設於所述前腳支撐組件,所述第一鎖定槽為用於限制所述腳踏板向所述第二方向移動的單向鎖定槽,和/或第二鎖定槽,設於所述前腳支撐組件所述第二鎖定槽為用於限制所述腳踏板向所述第一方向和所述第二方向移動的雙向鎖定槽;及鎖定件,可移動地設於所述腳踏板的一端,所述鎖定件在鎖定位置和釋鎖位置之間可切換,所述鎖定件處於所述鎖定位置時,所述鎖定件伸出所述腳踏板的端部與所述第一鎖定槽或所述第二鎖定槽插設配合,所述鎖定件處於所述釋鎖位置時,所述鎖定件與所述第一鎖定槽或所述第二鎖定槽解除配合。In some embodiments, the locking component includes: a first locking groove disposed in the forefoot support component, the first locking groove being a unidirectional locking groove for restricting the foot pedal from moving in the second direction; and/or a second locking groove disposed in the forefoot support component, the second locking groove being a bidirectional locking groove for restricting the foot pedal from moving in both the first and second directions; and a locking mechanism. A locking member is movably disposed at one end of the foot pedal. The locking member can be switched between a locked position and an unlocked position. When the locking member is in the locked position, the end of the locking member extending from the foot pedal is inserted into the first locking groove or the second locking groove. When the locking member is in the unlocked position, the locking member is released from the first locking groove or the second locking groove.
在一些實施例中,所述鎖定組件還包括:操作件,可操作地設於所述腳踏板且與所述鎖定件驅動連接,所述操作件可被操作以驅動所述鎖定件由所述鎖定位置切換至所述釋鎖位置;聯動件,所述聯動件的第一端與所述操作件驅動連接,所述聯動件的第二端與所述鎖定件固定連接,所述操作件可被操作以通過所述聯動件驅動所述鎖定件由所述鎖定位置切換至所述釋鎖位置;第一復位件,設於所述操作件和所述腳踏板之間,所述第一復位件用於偏壓操作件以使操作件向驅動鎖定件移動至鎖定位置的方向移動;第二復位件,設於所述鎖定件和所述腳踏板之間,所述第二復位件用於偏壓所述鎖定件以使所述鎖定件向所述鎖定位置移動。In some embodiments, the locking assembly further includes: an operating member operably disposed on the foot pedal and drivenly connected to the locking member, the operating member being operable to drive the locking member from the locked position to the unlocked position; and a linkage member, a first end of which is drivenly connected to the operating member, and a second end of which is fixedly connected to the locking member, the operating member being operable to activate the linkage. A component drives the locking member to switch from the locked position to the unlocked position; a first reset component is disposed between the operating component and the foot pedal, the first reset component is used to bias the operating component to move the operating component in the direction that drives the locking member to move to the locked position; a second reset component is disposed between the locking member and the foot pedal, the second reset component is used to bias the locking member to move the locking member to the locked position.
在一些實施例中,所述第一鎖定槽內具有第一抵推斜面,所述第一抵推斜面沿著所述第一方向逐漸向腳踏板傾斜。所述第二鎖定槽的沿所述高度方向的兩端分別具有第一限位側壁和第二限位側壁。所述第二鎖定槽位於所述第一鎖定槽的第一方向上。In some embodiments, the first locking groove has a first abutting ramp that gradually slopes towards the foot pedal along the first direction. The second locking groove has a first limiting sidewall and a second limiting sidewall at its two ends along the height direction. The second locking groove is located in the first direction of the first locking groove.
在一些實施例中,所述腳踏板具有中空內腔,所述鎖定件和所述聯動件可移動地設於所述中空內腔內,所述操作件的一部分伸入所述中空內腔內與所述聯動件連接,所述操作件的另一部分伸出所述中空內腔外以便被操作。所述操作件伸入所述中空內腔的部分設有驅動槽,所述驅動槽的延伸方向與所述操作件的移動方向、所述鎖定件的移動方向相交錯,所述聯動件的第一端插設於所述驅動槽內且能沿所述驅動槽移動。所述操作件內設有與所述中空內腔連通的安裝腔,所述第一復位件設置於所述中空內腔的頂部與所述安裝腔的底部之間並且可彈性伸縮。In some embodiments, the foot pedal has a hollow cavity, and the locking member and the linkage are movably disposed within the hollow cavity. A portion of the operating member extends into the hollow cavity and connects to the linkage, while another portion of the operating member extends out of the hollow cavity for operation. The portion of the operating member extending into the hollow cavity has a drive groove, the extension direction of which intersects the movement direction of the operating member and the movement direction of the locking member. A first end of the linkage is inserted into the drive groove and can move along the drive groove. The operating member has a mounting cavity communicating with the hollow cavity, and a first reset member is disposed between the top of the hollow cavity and the bottom of the mounting cavity and is elastically retractable.
在一些實施例中,所述腳踏板的所述中空內腔中安裝所述鎖定件的部分設有第一凸台,所述鎖定件環設有與所述第一凸台相對的第二凸台,且所述第二凸台位於所述第一凸台靠近所述前腳支撐組件的一側,所述第二復位件套設於所述鎖定件外且兩端分別與所述第一凸台和所述第二凸台相抵。In some embodiments, the portion of the foot pedal in the hollow cavity where the locking member is installed has a first protrusion, the locking member has a second protrusion opposite to the first protrusion, and the second protrusion is located on the side of the first protrusion near the forefoot support assembly, and the second reset member is sleeved on the locking member and its two ends abut against the first protrusion and the second protrusion respectively.
在一些實施例中,所述前腳支撐組件包括:所述載具的車架的前腳支撐杆;導向件,固定於所述前腳支撐杆面向所述腳踏板的一側,所述鎖定組件設於所述導向件和所述腳踏板之間。In some embodiments, the front foot support assembly includes: a front foot support rod of the vehicle frame; a guide fixed to the side of the front foot support rod facing the foot pedal; and a locking assembly disposed between the guide and the foot pedal.
在一些實施例中,所述前腳支撐組件設有沿所述腳踏板的移動方向延伸的導向槽,所述腳踏板包括:踏板本體,用於承載使用者的雙腳;及卡接件,與所述踏板本體一體成型。所述卡接件至少部分插設於所述導向槽內且能沿所述導向槽滑動。In some embodiments, the forefoot support assembly is provided with a guide groove extending along the direction of movement of the foot pedal, the foot pedal comprising: a pedal body for supporting the user's feet; and a snap-fit element integrally formed with the pedal body. The snap-fit element is at least partially inserted into the guide groove and is slidable along the guide groove.
在一些實施例中,所述高度調節機構還包括設置於所述前腳支撐組件和所述腳踏板之間的卡接件,所述卡接件與所述腳踏板可伸縮地連接或活動地連接;所述前腳支撐組件設有沿所述腳踏板的移動方向延伸的導向槽。所述卡接件包括相互連接且呈夾角設置的卡接本體和連接部,所述卡接本體至少部分插設於所述導向槽內且能沿所述導向槽滑動,所述腳踏板的一端設有凹口,所述連接部插設於所述凹口內。In some embodiments, the height adjustment mechanism further includes a snap-fit member disposed between the forefoot support assembly and the foot pedal, the snap-fit member being retractably or movably connected to the foot pedal; the forefoot support assembly is provided with a guide groove extending along the movement direction of the foot pedal. The snap-fit member includes a snap-fit body and a connecting portion that are interconnected and angled together, the snap-fit body being at least partially inserted into the guide groove and slidable along the guide groove, and one end of the foot pedal being provided with a notch, the connecting portion being inserted into the notch.
在一些實施例中,所述鎖定組件包括:第三鎖定槽,設於所述前腳支撐組件且位於所述第一鎖定槽的第二方向上,所述第三鎖定槽具有第二抵推斜面,所述第二抵推斜面沿著所述第一方向逐漸向所述腳踏板傾斜,所述第三鎖定槽還具有與所述第二抵推斜面相對的安裝口。所述鎖定件能夠經所述安裝口插設於所述第三鎖定槽內。In some embodiments, the locking component includes a third locking groove disposed on the forefoot support component and located in a second direction of the first locking groove. The third locking groove has a second abutting ramp that gradually slopes towards the foot pedal along the first direction. The third locking groove also has a mounting opening opposite the second abutting ramp. The locking member can be inserted into the third locking groove through the mounting opening.
在一些實施例中,所述高度調節機構還包括限位件,所述限位件與所述導向件連接且位於所述第三鎖定槽的所述第二方向上,所述鎖定件插設於所述第三鎖定槽時,所述腳踏板與所述限位件抵接以限制所述腳踏板向所述第二方向移動。In some embodiments, the height adjustment mechanism further includes a limiting member connected to the guide member and located in the second direction of the third locking slot. When the locking member is inserted into the third locking slot, the foot pedal abuts against the limiting member to restrict the foot pedal from moving in the second direction.
為使本發明的目的、技術方案及優點更加清楚明白,以下結合附圖及具體實施方式,對本發明進行進一步的詳細說明。應當理解的是,此處所描述的具體實施方式僅用以解釋本發明,並不限定本發明的保護範圍。To make the purpose, technical solution, and advantages of this invention clearer, the invention will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments. It should be understood that the specific embodiments described herein are only for explaining this invention and do not limit the scope of protection of this invention.
需要說明的是,當組件被稱為“固定於”另一個組件,它可以直接在另一個組件上或者也可以存在居中的組件。當一個組件被認為是“連接”另一個組件,它可以是直接連接到另一個組件或者可能同時存在居中組件。本文所使用的術語“垂直的”、“水平的”、“左”、“右”以及類似的表述只是為了說明的目的,並不表示是唯一的實施方式。It should be noted that when a component is said to be "fixed to" another component, it can be directly on the other component or there may be a centered component. When a component is considered to be "connected to" another component, it can be directly connected to the other component or there may be a centered component present. The terms "vertical," "horizontal," "left," "right," and similar expressions used in this document are for illustrative purposes only and do not represent the only implementation.
除非另有定義,本文所使用的所有的技術和科學術語與屬於本發明的技術領域的技術人員通常理解的含義相同。本文中在本發明的說明書中所使用的術語只是為了描述具體的實施方式的目的,不是旨在於限制本發明。本文所使用的術語“及/或”包括一個或多個相關的所列項目的任意的和所有的組合。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art within the scope of this invention. The terms used herein in the description of this invention are for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and are not intended to limit the invention. The term "and/or" as used herein includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.
本發明提供一種載具,該載具可以是兒童載具,例如兒童推車、兒童餐椅、兒童三輪車等,該載具也可以是輪椅、高腳椅等。The present invention provides a vehicle that can be a child vehicle, such as a stroller, a high chair, a tricycle, etc., or a wheelchair, a high chair, etc.
需要說明的是,除非另有明確的規定和限定,本發明各個實施例中的“前”、“後”、“左”、“右”等方位術語以兒童載具在展開狀態下且兒童面向前方時的“前”、“後”、“左”、“右”方位為基準,並且圖中用箭頭P、Q示意性示出“前”、“後”方向,以及用箭頭L、R示意性示出“左”、“右”方向。這些方位術語僅用於使本發明實施例的描述更加清楚,並不用於對本發明的保護範圍產生不當限定。It should be noted that, unless otherwise expressly specified and limited, the directional terms such as "front," "rear," "left," and "right" in the various embodiments of this invention are based on the "front," "rear," "left," and "right" orientations when the child vehicle is in the deployed state and the child is facing forward. Furthermore, arrows P and Q are used to schematically indicate the "front" and "rear" directions, and arrows L and R are used to schematically indicate the "left" and "right" directions in the figures. These directional terms are only used to make the description of the embodiments of this invention clearer and are not intended to unduly limit the scope of protection of this invention.
第一方面First aspect
圖1示出了根據本發明第一方面提供的一種載具1000的展開狀態的立體圖,圖2示出了該載具的分解圖。如圖1和圖2所示,該載具以兒童載具如兒童推車為例進行說明,其可以包括車架100、座椅組件200、背靠組件400等部件。本實施例中,兒童載具的結構關於縱向中間面(圖中未示出,縱向中間面也可以稱為左右對稱面)基本上左右對稱。當然,在一些替代實施例中,例如具有不對稱刹車系統的兒童載具而言,兒童載具的結構可以不完全左右對稱。Figure 1 shows a perspective view of a vehicle 1000 in its unfolded state according to the first aspect of the present invention, and Figure 2 shows an exploded view of the vehicle. As shown in Figures 1 and 2, the vehicle is illustrated using a child vehicle such as a stroller as an example, and may include components such as a frame 100, a seat assembly 200, and a backrest assembly 400. In this embodiment, the structure of the child vehicle is substantially symmetrical about the longitudinal mid-plane (not shown in the figures; the longitudinal mid-plane can also be referred to as the left-right symmetry plane). Of course, in some alternative embodiments, such as child vehicles with an asymmetrical braking system, the structure of the child vehicle may not be perfectly symmetrical.
圖1和圖2示出了車架100的一種示例性實施方式,車架100例如包括座管110、推手架120、扶手架130、輔助架140、連接架150、前腳支撐架160和後腳支撐架170等部件。車架100可以收合,車架100的收合狀態對應於兒童載具的收合狀態,車架100的展開狀態對應於兒童載具的展開狀態。當然,在一些替代實施例中,車架100還可以有其他的實施方式而不限於本文舉例。Figures 1 and 2 illustrate an exemplary embodiment of the frame 100, which includes components such as a seatpost 110, a pusher frame 120, a handrail frame 130, an auxiliary frame 140, a connecting frame 150, a front support frame 160, and a rear support frame 170. The frame 100 is foldable, with the folded state corresponding to the folded state of a child vehicle and the unfolded state corresponding to the unfolded state of a child vehicle. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, the frame 100 may have other embodiments besides those shown herein.
下面結合圖1和圖2來說明本發明第一方面所示的車架100的結構。The structure of the frame 100 shown in the first aspect of the present invention will now be described with reference to Figures 1 and 2.
車架100包括位於左右兩側的兩個座管110,各個座管110大體前後延伸。座椅組件200包括安裝在各個座管110上的活動架220,同一側的活動架220與座管110滑動配合。座椅組件200還包括連接在兩個活動架220之間的座椅架230,該座椅架230用於直接或者(通過座墊)間接地支撐兒童的臀部。The frame 100 includes two seatposts 110 located on the left and right sides, each seatpost 110 extending generally forward and backward. The seat assembly 200 includes a movable frame 220 mounted on each seatpost 110, with the movable frame 220 on the same side slidingly engaging with the seatpost 110. The seat assembly 200 also includes a seat frame 230 connected between the two movable frames 220, which is used to directly or indirectly (through the seat cushion) support the child's buttocks.
推手架120大體呈U型,包括位於左右兩側的第一推手杆122和第二推手杆123,第一推手杆122的上端和第二推手杆123的上端通過推手本體121連接。在一些實施例中,推手本體121相對於各個推手杆(第一推手杆122和第二推手杆123)的伸出長度可以調節。各個推手杆與同側的座管110通過樞接軸630樞接。The pusher arm 120 is generally U-shaped and includes a first pusher rod 122 and a second pusher rod 123 located on the left and right sides. The upper ends of the first pusher rod 122 and the second pusher rod 123 are connected by a pusher body 121. In some embodiments, the extension length of the pusher body 121 relative to each pusher rod (first pusher rod 122 and second pusher rod 123) is adjustable. Each pusher rod is linked to the seat tube 110 on the same side via a hinge shaft 630.
扶手架130例如包括位於左右兩側的第一扶手杆132和第二扶手杆133,第一扶手杆132的前端和第二扶手杆133的前端通過扶手本體131連接。扶手本體131例如以可拆卸或不可拆卸的方式安裝於各個扶手杆(第一扶手杆132和第二扶手杆133)。The handrail frame 130 includes, for example, a first handrail 132 and a second handrail 133 located on the left and right sides, with the front ends of the first handrail 132 and the front ends of the second handrail 133 connected by a handrail body 131. The handrail body 131 is installed on each handrail (first handrail 132 and second handrail 133) in a detachable or non-detachable manner.
車架100例如可以包括位於左右兩側的兩個輔助架140和兩個連接架150。各個輔助架140與同側的扶手杆樞接,具體地通過樞軸93樞接。各個連接架150與同側的輔助架140樞接,具體地通過樞接軸630樞接。The frame 100 may include, for example, two auxiliary frames 140 and two connecting frames 150 located on the left and right sides. Each auxiliary frame 140 is hinged to the handrail on the same side, specifically via a pivot 93. Each connecting frame 150 is hinged to the auxiliary frame 140 on the same side, specifically via a pivot 630.
車架100的前腳支撐架160例如包括位於左右兩側的第一前腳支撐杆161和第二前腳支撐杆162,第一前腳支撐杆161和第二前腳支撐杆162之間連接有腳踏板190。後腳支撐架170包括左右對稱設置的第一後腳支撐杆171和第二後腳支撐杆172,第一後腳支撐杆171和第二後腳支撐杆172之間連接有後橫杆173。各個前腳支撐杆(第一前腳支撐杆161和第二前腳支撐杆162)的下端分別安裝有前輪組件181。各個後腳支撐杆(第一後腳支撐杆171和第二後腳支撐杆172)的下端分別安裝有後輪組件182。同側的扶手杆、前腳支撐杆和後腳支撐杆通過樞軸92樞接,同側的前腳支撐杆和座管110通過樞軸91樞接。同側的連接架150和後腳支撐杆通過樞軸94樞接。下面結合圖1和圖2來詳細描述本發明第一方面的兒童載具的右側部件之間的連接關係。因兒童載具的結構基本上左右對稱,故兒童載具的左側部件的連接關係可以參考下文中所描述的右側部件的連接關係。The front support frame 160 of the frame 100 includes, for example, a first front support rod 161 and a second front support rod 162 located on both sides, with a foot pedal 190 connecting the first front support rod 161 and the second front support rod 162. The rear support frame 170 includes a first rear support rod 171 and a second rear support rod 172 symmetrically arranged on both sides, with a rear crossbar 173 connecting the first rear support rod 171 and the second rear support rod 172. A front wheel assembly 181 is respectively installed at the lower end of each front support rod (first front support rod 161 and second front support rod 162). Rear wheel assemblies 182 are respectively installed at the lower ends of each rear support rod (first rear support rod 171 and second rear support rod 172). The armrest, front support rod and rear support rod on the same side are hinged by pivot 92, and the front support rod and seat tube 110 on the same side are hinged by pivot 91. The connecting frame 150 and the rear support rod on the same side are hinged by pivot 94. The connection relationship between the right-side components of the child vehicle of the first aspect of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to Figures 1 and 2. Since the structure of a child vehicle is basically symmetrical, the connection relationship of the left-side components of a child vehicle can be referenced to the connection relationship of the right-side components described below.
同側的前腳支撐杆和座管110通過樞軸91樞接。具體地,右側的座管110的前端設置有孔1101,第二前腳支撐杆162的中部設置有孔1601。座管110與第二前腳支撐杆162通過穿設在孔1101和孔1601中的樞軸91樞接。第二前腳支撐杆162的上端設置有孔1602,第二後腳支撐杆172的上端設置有孔1702,第二扶手杆133的前端設置有孔1301。第二扶手杆133、第二前腳支撐杆162、第二後腳支撐杆172通過穿設在孔1301、孔1602、孔1702中的樞軸92樞接。第二扶手杆133的後端設置有孔1302,輔助架140的上端設置有孔1402。第二扶手杆133和輔助架140通過穿設在孔1302和孔1402中的樞軸93樞接。座管110的後端設置有孔1102,輔助架140的下端設置有孔1401,連接架150的上端設置有孔1502,第二推手杆123的下端設置有孔1201。座管110、輔助架140、連接架150、第二推手杆123通過穿設在孔1102、孔1401、孔1502、孔1201的樞接軸630樞接。連接架150的下端設置有孔1501,第二後腳支撐杆172的中部設置有孔1701。連接架150和第二後腳支撐杆172通過穿設在孔1501和孔1701中的樞軸94樞接。The front support rod and seat tube 110 on the same side are hinged by a pivot 91. Specifically, the front end of the right seat tube 110 has a hole 1101, and the middle of the second front support rod 162 has a hole 1601. The seat tube 110 and the second front support rod 162 are hinged by a pivot 91 passing through holes 1101 and 1601. The upper end of the second front support rod 162 has a hole 1602, the upper end of the second rear support rod 172 has a hole 1702, and the front end of the second handrail 133 has a hole 1301. The second handrail 133, the second front support rod 162, and the second rear support rod 172 are hinged by pivots 92 passing through holes 1301, 1602, and 1702. The rear end of the second handrail 133 has a hole 1302, and the upper end of the auxiliary frame 140 has a hole 1402. The second handrail 133 and the auxiliary frame 140 are hinged by pivots 93 passing through holes 1302 and 1402. The rear end of the seat tube 110 has a hole 1102, the lower end of the auxiliary frame 140 has a hole 1401, the upper end of the connecting frame 150 has a hole 1502, and the lower end of the second push rod 123 has a hole 1201. The seat tube 110, auxiliary frame 140, connecting frame 150, and second push rod 123 are linked by a connecting shaft 630 passing through holes 1102, 1401, 1502, and 1201. The lower end of the connecting frame 150 has a hole 1501, and the middle of the second rear support rod 172 has a hole 1701. The connecting frame 150 and the second rear support rod 172 are linked by a connecting shaft 94 passing through holes 1501 and 1701.
參見圖1,該車架100通過鎖定輔助架140和連接架150之間的相對轉動而保持在展開狀態。反之,當需要收合兒童載具時,首先需要釋鎖輔助架140和連接架150之間的相對轉動,然後轉動推手架120即可整體收合車架100。Referring to Figure 1, the frame 100 is held in the unfolded state by locking the relative rotation between the auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150. Conversely, when it is necessary to fold up the child vehicle, the relative rotation between the auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150 must first be released, and then the push handle 120 can be rotated to fold up the entire frame 100.
參見圖1和圖2,本實施例中還示出了用於鎖定輔助架140和連接架150之間相對轉動的收合鎖定機構700的示例性實施方式。具體地,在輔助架140上設置有沿輔助架140的長度方向延伸的滑槽1403,滑槽1403中滑動設置有鎖合銷730,鎖合銷730適於在孔1401和孔1402之間沿著滑槽1403滑動。連接架150上形成有鎖合槽1503。當車架100由收合狀態向展開狀態切換時,輔助架140和連接架150繞樞接軸630做相對轉動。當兒童載具切換到展開狀態時,鎖合槽1503與滑槽1403對正,鎖合銷730可以在輔助架140內部的彈性復位件的推動下插入鎖合槽1503中。此時,鎖合銷730同時位於滑槽1403和鎖合槽1503中,從而鎖定了輔助架140和連接架150之間的相對轉動,將兒童載具保持在展開狀態。在一些實施例中,鎖合銷730例如包括鎖合部731和第一抵推部732,鎖合部731用於與滑槽1403滑動配合並用於插入鎖合槽1503中,第一抵推部732例如相對於鎖合部731橫向凸出。Referring to Figures 1 and 2, this embodiment also illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a retraction locking mechanism 700 for locking relative rotation between the auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150. Specifically, a groove 1403 extending along the length of the auxiliary frame 140 is provided on the auxiliary frame 140, and a locking pin 730 is slidably disposed in the groove 1403, the locking pin 730 being adapted to slide along the groove 1403 between holes 1401 and 1402. A locking groove 1503 is formed on the connecting frame 150. When the frame 100 switches from a retracted state to an extended state, the auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150 rotate relative to each other about the pivot axis 630. When the child vehicle is switched to the unfolded position, the locking groove 1503 aligns with the slide groove 1403, and the locking pin 730 can be inserted into the locking groove 1503 under the push of the elastic return member inside the auxiliary frame 140. At this time, the locking pin 730 is simultaneously located in the slide groove 1403 and the locking groove 1503, thereby locking the relative rotation between the auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150 and keeping the child vehicle in the unfolded position. In some embodiments, the locking pin 730 includes, for example, a locking part 731 and a first pushing part 732. The locking part 731 is used to slide with the slide groove 1403 and is used to insert into the locking groove 1503, and the first pushing part 732 protrudes laterally relative to the locking part 731.
參見圖1和圖2,本實施例中還示出了用於釋鎖輔助架140和連接架150之間的相對轉動的操作機構的示例性實施方式。具體地,在推手本體121上安裝有第一操作件710,第一操作件710例如可以是按鈕。在各個推手杆(第一推手杆122和第二推手杆123)上分別設置有第一滑塊740,各個第一滑塊740與對應的推手杆(第一推手杆122或第二推手杆123)滑動配合。第一操作件710例如通過在推手架120內部的牽引件(圖中未示出,例如為繩索)分別與各個第一滑塊740連接,各個第一滑塊740具有橫向凸出的第二抵推部741。當車架處於展開狀態時,第二抵推部741位於同側的第一抵推部732的下方。當需要收合車架100時,按壓第一操作件710,第一操作件710即驅動第一滑塊740向上移動,第一滑塊740通過第二抵推部741和第一抵推部732的抵接驅動鎖合銷730從鎖合槽1503退出,即釋鎖輔助架140和連接架150之間的相對轉動。在一些實施例中,各個推手杆(第一推手杆122和第二推手杆123)內可以設置有彈性復位件,當解除第一操作件710的按壓後,彈性復位件可以推動對應的第一滑塊740復位,第一操作件710也隨之復位。Referring to Figures 1 and 2, this embodiment also illustrates an exemplary embodiment of an operating mechanism for relative rotation between the release assist frame 140 and the connecting frame 150. Specifically, a first operating member 710 is mounted on the pusher body 121, which may be, for example, a button. First sliders 740 are respectively provided on each pusher lever (first pusher lever 122 and second pusher lever 123), and each first slider 740 slides in engagement with the corresponding pusher lever (first pusher lever 122 or second pusher lever 123). The first operating member 710 is connected to each first slider 740, for example, via a traction member (not shown in the figures, such as a rope) inside the pusher frame 120, and each first slider 740 has a laterally protruding second abutment 741. When the frame is in the extended position, the second abutment 741 is located below the first abutment 732 on the same side. When it is necessary to retract the frame 100, the first operating member 710 is pressed, which drives the first slider 740 to move upward. The first slider 740 drives the locking pin 730 to disengage from the locking groove 1503 through the contact between the second abutment 741 and the first abutment 732, thereby releasing the relative rotation between the locking auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150. In some embodiments, each push lever (first push lever 122 and second push lever 123) may be provided with an elastic reset member. When the first operating member 710 is released from pressing, the elastic reset member can push the corresponding first slider 740 to reset, and the first operating member 710 will also be reset.
參見圖1和圖2,本實施例中還示出了用於定位推手架120的示例性實施方式。具體地,各個推手杆(第一推手杆122和第二推手杆123)上設置有第二滑塊920,各個第二滑塊920設置有卡合槽921。各個輔助架140上均設置有第一卡合塊930,以及各個前腳支撐杆(第一前腳支撐杆161和第二前腳支撐杆162)上均設置有第二卡合塊940。當推手架120繞樞接軸630前後轉動時,輔助架140的第一卡合塊930和前腳支撐杆的第二卡合塊940選擇性地卡合在卡合槽921中,以使推手架120定位於後傾的第一位置(圖1所示的狀態,輔助架140的第一卡合塊930卡合在卡合槽921中),或者定位於前傾的第二位置(圖中未示出,前腳支撐杆的第二卡合塊940卡合在卡合槽921中)。推手架120在後傾的第一位置和前傾的第二位置之間的切換,對應於推手架120的換向。當推手架120在第一位置時,乘坐在兒童載具中的兒童面向行駛方向的前方並背對推動推手架120的看護者。當推手架120在第二位置時,乘坐在兒童載具中的兒童面向行駛方向的後方而面對推動推手架120的看護者。Referring to Figures 1 and 2, this embodiment also illustrates an exemplary embodiment for positioning the pusher frame 120. Specifically, each pusher rod (first pusher rod 122 and second pusher rod 123) is provided with a second slider 920, and each second slider 920 is provided with a locking groove 921. Each auxiliary frame 140 is provided with a first locking block 930, and each front support rod (first front support rod 161 and second front support rod 162) is provided with a second locking block 940. When the pusher frame 120 rotates back and forth around the pivot axis 630, the first engaging block 930 of the auxiliary frame 140 and the second engaging block 940 of the front support rod selectively engage in the engaging groove 921, so that the pusher frame 120 is positioned in a first backward tilt position (as shown in Figure 1, with the first engaging block 930 of the auxiliary frame 140 engaged in the engaging groove 921), or positioned in a second forward tilt position (not shown in the figure, with the second engaging block 940 of the front support rod engaged in the engaging groove 921). The switching between the first backward tilt position and the second forward tilt position of the pusher frame 120 corresponds to the reversal of the pusher frame 120. When the pusher 120 is in the first position, the child riding in the child vehicle faces forward in the direction of travel and has his/her back to the caregiver pushing the pusher 120. When the pusher 120 is in the second position, the child riding in the child vehicle faces backward in the direction of travel and faces the caregiver pushing the pusher 120.
各個第二滑塊920與對應的推手杆122、123滑動配合。兩個推手杆122、123的內側還設置有第二操作件910。第二操作件910例如通過在推手杆122、123內部的第二牽引件(圖中未示出,例如為繩索)與第二滑塊920連接。第二操作件910被操作時能夠通過第二牽引件帶動第二滑塊920沿推手杆122、123向上滑動,此時第二滑塊920的卡合槽921可以與第一卡合塊930或第二卡合塊940解除卡合。此時,轉動推手架120,使第二滑塊920的卡合槽921與第二卡合塊940或第一卡合塊930對準並卡合,即可完成推手架120的前後換向。各個推手杆122、123內部還可以設置有用於推動對應的第二滑塊920復位的彈性復位件。Each second slider 920 slides in conjunction with a corresponding push rod 122, 123. A second operating member 910 is also provided inside each push rod 122, 123. The second operating member 910 is connected to the second slider 920, for example, via a second traction member (not shown in the figure, such as a rope) inside the push rod 122, 123. When the second operating member 910 is operated, it can drive the second slider 920 upward along the push rod 122, 123 via the second traction member. At this time, the engagement groove 921 of the second slider 920 can disengage from either the first engagement block 930 or the second engagement block 940. At this time, rotating the pusher frame 120 will align and engage the locking groove 921 of the second slider 920 with the second locking block 940 or the first locking block 930, thus completing the forward and backward reversal of the pusher frame 120. Each pusher lever 122, 123 may also be equipped with an elastic reset component for pushing the corresponding second slider 920 back to its original position.
在另一實施方式(未示出)中,連接在第一操作件710和第一滑塊740之間的牽引件例如同時與第二滑塊920連接。當需要換向推手架120時,按壓第一操作件710,牽引件拉動第二滑塊920向上移動,即容易地解除第二滑塊920的卡合槽921與第一卡合塊930和第二卡合塊940中的一者卡合。然後轉動推手架120,使第二滑塊920的卡合槽921與第一卡合塊930和第二卡合塊940中的另一者對準並卡合即可。各個推手杆內可以設置有用於推動對應的第二滑塊920復位的彈性復位件。In another embodiment (not shown), the traction member connecting the first operating member 710 and the first slider 740 is simultaneously connected to the second slider 920. When the reversing pusher arm 120 is needed, pressing the first operating member 710 pulls the second slider 920 upward, easily disengaging the engagement groove 921 of the second slider 920 from one of the first engagement block 930 and the second engagement block 940. Then, the pusher arm 120 is rotated so that the engagement groove 921 of the second slider 920 aligns and engages with the other of the first engagement block 930 and the second engagement block 940. Each pusher lever may be provided with an elastic reset member for pushing the corresponding second slider 920 back to its original position.
在第一操作件710同時與第一滑塊740和第二滑塊920連接的實施方式中,當按壓第一操作件710時,第一滑塊740也會向上移動而驅動鎖合銷730釋鎖。為了避免推手架120換向時造成鎖合銷730意外釋鎖,在一些實施例中,第一滑塊740驅動鎖合銷730釋鎖的行程大於第二滑塊920的卡合槽921與卡合塊930、940脫離卡合的行程。在一些實施例中,還可以在推手架120上為第一操作件710配置第一指示和第二指示,當第一操作件710移動至第一指示時,對應於第二滑塊920的卡合槽921與第一卡合塊930或第二卡合塊940解除卡合,此時可以推動推手架120換向且鎖合銷730仍保持鎖定輔助架140和連接架150之間的相對轉動。當第一操作件710移動至第二指示時,對應於第一滑塊740驅動鎖合銷730釋鎖輔助架140和連接架150之間的相對轉動,此時可以收合車架100。In an embodiment where the first operating member 710 is simultaneously connected to the first slider 740 and the second slider 920, when the first operating member 710 is pressed, the first slider 740 also moves upward, thereby releasing the locking pin 730. To prevent the locking pin 730 from accidentally releasing when the pusher arm 120 reverses direction, in some embodiments, the stroke by which the first slider 740 drives the locking pin 730 to release is greater than the stroke by which the engagement groove 921 of the second slider 920 disengages from the engagement of the engagement blocks 930 and 940. In some embodiments, a first indicator and a second indicator can also be configured on the pusher arm 120 for the first operating member 710. When the first operating member 710 moves to the first indicator, the engaging groove 921 corresponding to the second slider 920 disengages from the first engaging block 930 or the second engaging block 940. At this time, the pusher arm 120 can be pushed to change direction, while the locking pin 730 remains locked to maintain the relative rotation between the auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150. When the first operating member 710 moves to the second indicator, the first slider 740 drives the locking pin 730 to release the relative rotation between the auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150. At this time, the frame 100 can be retracted.
參見圖1和圖2,在一些實施例中,各個卡合塊930、940可以具有向下延伸的擋板931、941。各個推手杆上還可以固定設置有緊固件980,緊固件980位於對應的第二滑塊920的下方,並且緊固件980面對卡合槽921。當推手架120處於第一位置時,各個緊固件980與對應的輔助架140上的第一卡合塊930的第一擋板931相抵。當推手架120處於第二位置時,各個緊固件980與對應的前腳支撐杆上的第二卡合塊940的第二擋板941相抵。擋板931、941和緊固件980的配置可以限制推手架120的換向轉動範圍。Referring to Figures 1 and 2, in some embodiments, each engaging block 930, 940 may have downwardly extending baffles 931, 941. Each push rod may also be fixedly provided with a fastener 980, located below the corresponding second slide block 920, and facing the engaging groove 921. When the push rod frame 120 is in the first position, each fastener 980 abuts against the first baffle 931 of the first engaging block 930 on the corresponding auxiliary frame 140. When the push rod frame 120 is in the second position, each fastener 980 abuts against the second baffle 941 of the second engaging block 940 on the corresponding front support rod. The configuration of baffles 931, 941 and fasteners 980 can limit the reversing rotation range of pusher 120.
再來參見圖1和圖2,在一些實施例中,車架100還包括驅動組件600,推手架120的轉動通過驅動組件600驅動活動架220沿著座管110移動。在一些實施例中,參見圖1,車架100處於展開狀態下,當推手架120繞樞接軸630沿著第一方向S1(圖中S1方向以順時針方向為例)轉動,以由第一位置切換至第二位置時,活動架220相對於座管110向前滑動。反之,當推手架120繞樞接軸630沿著第二方向S2(圖中S2方向以逆時針方向為例)轉動,以由第二位置切換至第一位置時,活動架220相對於座管110向後滑動。由於座椅架230用於支撐兒童的臀部,活動架220的前後移動相當於兒童載具的重心根據推手架120的換向而前後移動,使得兒童載具的重心總是靠近推動推手架120的看護者,這樣有助於看護者省力地推動兒童載具。Referring again to Figures 1 and 2, in some embodiments, the frame 100 further includes a drive assembly 600, through which the rotation of the pusher arm 120 drives the movable frame 220 to move along the seat tube 110. In some embodiments, referring to Figure 1, with the frame 100 in the unfolded state, when the pusher arm 120 rotates about the pivot axis 630 in a first direction S1 (S1 is clockwise in the figure, for example) to switch from a first position to a second position, the movable frame 220 slides forward relative to the seat tube 110. Conversely, when the pusher arm 120 rotates around the pivot axis 630 in the second direction S2 (S2 in the figure is counterclockwise for example) to switch from the second position to the first position, the movable frame 220 slides backward relative to the seat tube 110. Since the seat frame 230 is used to support the child's buttocks, the forward and backward movement of the movable frame 220 is equivalent to the child vehicle's center of gravity shifting forward and backward according to the change of direction of the pusher arm 120, so that the child vehicle's center of gravity is always close to the caregiver pushing the pusher arm 120, which helps the caregiver push the child vehicle with less effort.
參見圖2至圖4,本實施例中還示出了驅動組件600的示例性實施方式,當然驅動組件600的實施方式不限於本文舉例。驅動組件600包括連杆機構640和前述的樞接軸630。樞接軸630與推手架120同步轉動,連杆機構640連接在樞接軸630和活動架220之間,用於將樞接軸630的轉動轉化成活動架220沿著座管110的移動。Referring to Figures 2 to 4, this embodiment also illustrates an exemplary embodiment of the drive component 600, although the embodiments of the drive component 600 are not limited to those shown herein. The drive component 600 includes a linkage mechanism 640 and the aforementioned hinge shaft 630. The hinge shaft 630 rotates synchronously with the pusher frame 120, and the linkage mechanism 640 is connected between the hinge shaft 630 and the movable frame 220 to convert the rotation of the hinge shaft 630 into movement of the movable frame 220 along the seat tube 110.
圖3和圖4還示出了連杆機構640的示例性實施方式。當然,在一些替代實施例中,連杆機構640的實施方式不限於本文舉例。連杆機構640例如包括第一驅動杆610和第二驅動杆620。第一驅動杆610的第一端設置有孔601,第一驅動杆610通過孔601套裝在樞接軸630上並與樞接軸630同步轉動。第一驅動杆610的第二端和第二驅動杆620的第一端通過樞軸660連接,第二驅動杆620的第二端設置有孔603,孔603通過第二轉軸N與活動架220上的孔302(圖2)樞接。當推手架120做換向轉動時,推手架120帶動樞接軸630同步轉動,樞接軸630帶動第一驅動杆610同步轉動,第二驅動杆620帶動活動架220沿著座管110前後移動。Figures 3 and 4 also illustrate exemplary embodiments of the linkage mechanism 640. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, the linkage mechanism 640 is not limited to the examples given herein. The linkage mechanism 640 includes, for example, a first drive rod 610 and a second drive rod 620. A first end of the first drive rod 610 has a hole 601, through which the first drive rod 610 is fitted onto a hinge shaft 630 and rotates synchronously with the hinge shaft 630. The second end of the first drive rod 610 and the first end of the second drive rod 620 are connected by a hinge shaft 660. The second end of the second drive rod 620 has a hole 603, which is hinged to a hole 302 (Figure 2) on the movable frame 220 via a second rotating shaft N. When the pusher frame 120 reverses direction, the pusher frame 120 drives the pivot shaft 630 to rotate synchronously, the pivot shaft 630 drives the first drive rod 610 to rotate synchronously, and the second drive rod 620 drives the movable frame 220 to move back and forth along the seat tube 110.
圖3和圖4還示出了樞接軸630的示例性實施方式,當然,在一些替代實施例中,樞接軸630的實施方式不限於本文舉例。樞接軸630例如包括依次連接的第一軸段631、第二軸段632和第三軸段633。第一軸段631用於套裝在座管110的孔1102中以與座管110樞接。第二軸段632的直徑大於第一軸段631,並且第二軸段632的至少部分長度設置有切面6321。第一驅動杆610的孔601具有切面6011,切面6321和切面6011的配合保證了第一驅動杆610與樞接軸630的同步轉動。第三軸段633的至少部分長度設置有切面6331,各個推手杆(第一推手杆122和第二推手杆123)的孔1201具有切面1205(見圖2),切面6331和切面1205的配合保證了推手架120與樞接軸630的同步轉動。當然,實現推手架120、樞接軸630和第一驅動杆610的同步連動的方式還有很多種,並不限於上述的切面配合。Figures 3 and 4 also illustrate exemplary embodiments of the pivot shaft 630. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, the implementation of the pivot shaft 630 is not limited to those illustrated herein. The pivot shaft 630 includes, for example, a first shaft segment 631, a second shaft segment 632, and a third shaft segment 633 connected in sequence. The first shaft segment 631 is used to fit into the hole 1102 of the seat tube 110 for pivoting with the seat tube 110. The diameter of the second shaft segment 632 is greater than that of the first shaft segment 631, and at least a portion of the length of the second shaft segment 632 is provided with a cross-section 6321. The hole 601 of the first drive rod 610 has a cross-section 6011. The fit between the cross-section 6321 and the cross-section 6011 ensures the synchronous rotation of the first drive rod 610 and the pivot shaft 630. At least a portion of the length of the third shaft segment 633 is provided with a cross-section 6331. The holes 1201 of each push rod (first push rod 122 and second push rod 123) have a cross-section 1205 (see Figure 2). The fit between the cross-section 6331 and the cross-section 1205 ensures the synchronous rotation of the push rod frame 120 and the pivot shaft 630. Of course, there are many other ways to achieve synchronous linkage between the push rod frame 120, the pivot shaft 630 and the first drive rod 610, and it is not limited to the cross-section fit described above.
樞接軸630位於切面6321和切面6331之間的部分用於和輔助架140的孔1401、連接架150的孔1502樞接。在一些實施例中,樞接軸630可以包括軸肩634,軸肩634具有較大的直徑並位於切面6321和切面6331之間。軸肩634上例如套裝有軸套(圖中未示出),孔1401和孔1502可以通過該軸套與樞接軸630樞接。連接架150在樞接軸630的軸向上例如位於輔助架140和同側的推手杆之間。The portion of the pivot shaft 630 located between facets 6321 and 6331 is used for pivoting with bore 1401 of the auxiliary frame 140 and bore 1502 of the connecting frame 150. In some embodiments, the pivot shaft 630 may include a shoulder 634 having a larger diameter and located between facets 6321 and 6331. A bushing (not shown) may be fitted onto the shoulder 634, through which bores 1401 and 1502 can be pivoted to the pivot shaft 630. The connecting frame 150 is located, for example, between the auxiliary frame 140 and the push rod on the same side of the pivot shaft 630 in the axial direction.
參見圖1至圖3,在一些實施例中,樞接軸630具有中心孔635,中心孔635用於供緊固件650穿過。該緊固件650例如可以是螺栓或者鉚釘,緊固件650可以容易地將異形的樞接軸630與套裝在樞接軸630上的各個部件固定在一起。Referring to Figures 1 to 3, in some embodiments, the pivot shaft 630 has a center hole 635 for a fastener 650 to pass through. The fastener 650 may be, for example, a bolt or a rivet, which can easily secure the irregularly shaped pivot shaft 630 to the various components fitted on the pivot shaft 630.
再來參見圖1和圖2,本實施例中還示出了背靠組件400的一種示例性實施方式。當然,在一些替代實施例中,背靠組件400還可以有其他的實施方式。在本實施例中,背靠組件400例如包括背靠架410、背靠管450、束帶調節器440和束帶430。背靠架410、背靠管450樞接於第一轉軸M上,第一轉軸M例如設置在活動架220上。背靠架410、背靠管450可以分別繞第一轉軸M轉動。束帶調節器440和束帶430與背靠架410連接。Referring again to Figures 1 and 2, this embodiment also illustrates an exemplary embodiment of the backrest component 400. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, the backrest component 400 may have other embodiments. In this embodiment, the backrest component 400 includes, for example, a backrest frame 410, a backrest tube 450, a strap adjuster 440, and a strap 430. The backrest frame 410 and the backrest tube 450 are hinged to a first rotating shaft M, which is, for example, disposed on a movable frame 220. The backrest frame 410 and the backrest tube 450 can rotate about the first rotating shaft M respectively. The strap adjuster 440 and the strap 430 are connected to the backrest frame 410.
背靠架410例如呈U型,包括位於左右兩側的第一背靠杆412和第二背靠杆413,以及連接在兩個背靠杆(第一背靠杆412和第二背靠杆413)的上端的背靠主體411。兩個背靠杆分別通過第一轉軸M與同側的活動架220上的孔301樞接,這樣,當車架100處於展開狀態下且活動架220相對於座管110前後移動時,背靠架410與活動架220同步移動而保持與活動架220的前後關係不變。The backrest 410 is, for example, U-shaped, and includes a first backrest bar 412 and a second backrest bar 413 located on the left and right sides, and a backrest body 411 connected to the upper ends of the two backrest bars (the first backrest bar 412 and the second backrest bar 413). The two backrest bars are respectively connected to holes 301 on the movable frame 220 on the same side through a first rotating shaft M. In this way, when the frame 100 is in the unfolded state and the movable frame 220 moves back and forth relative to the seat post 110, the backrest 410 moves synchronously with the movable frame 220 and maintains the same front-to-back relationship with the movable frame 220.
背靠管450例如呈U型,U型結構的兩個豎管分別通過第一轉軸M與背靠架410樞接。圖中未示出的座布包裹背靠架410和背靠管450,位於背靠管450所限定的範圍內的座布形成背靠部,該背靠部為兒童提供背部支撐。在一些替代實施例中,背靠部中可以設置有硬質的背靠板(圖中未示出)。束帶430分別與各個背靠杆(第一背靠杆412和第二背靠杆413)連接,繞過背靠管450後與位於背靠板後方的束帶調節器440連接。通過增加或者縮短位於各個背靠杆和束帶調節器440之間的束帶430的長度,可以調節背靠管450和背靠板的傾斜角度。束帶調節器440的實施方式可以參見有關技術,在此不再贅述。當然,在一些替代實施例中,背靠組件400也可以不設置背靠管450,背靠板例如可以僅通過座布與背靠架410連接,背靠板的傾斜角度仍可以通過束帶調節器440和束帶430調節。The backrest tube 450 is, for example, U-shaped, with its two vertical tubes connected to the backrest frame 410 via a first pivot M. A seat fabric (not shown) wraps around the backrest frame 410 and the backrest tube 450, forming a backrest section within the area defined by the backrest tube 450, which provides back support for the child. In some alternative embodiments, a rigid backrest board (not shown) may be provided in the backrest section. Straps 430 are connected to the respective backrest bars (first backrest bar 412 and second backrest bar 413), pass around the backrest tube 450, and connect to a strap adjuster 440 located behind the backrest board. The tilt angle of the backrest tube 450 and the backrest panel can be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the length of the strap 430 located between each backrest bar and the strap adjuster 440. Implementation of the strap adjuster 440 can be found in related art and will not be elaborated here. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, the backrest assembly 400 may not have the backrest tube 450, and the backrest panel may be connected to the backrest frame 410 only via a seat fabric; the tilt angle of the backrest panel can still be adjusted by the strap adjuster 440 and the strap 430.
在一些實施例中,兒童載具還可以包括連接件(圖中未示出),該連接件用於限定背靠架410的轉動範圍,避免背靠架410繞第一轉軸M在第二方向S2上過度轉動或者在第一方向S1上過度轉動。在一些實施例中,連接件例如包括連接在同側的扶手杆(第一扶手杆132或第二扶手杆133)和背靠杆(第一背靠杆412或第二背靠杆413)之間的柔性帶,當然,連接件的實施方式不限於此。In some embodiments, the child vehicle may also include a connector (not shown) for limiting the range of rotation of the backrest 410 to prevent excessive rotation of the backrest 410 about the first axis of rotation M in the second direction S2 or in the first direction S1. In some embodiments, the connector may include, for example, a flexible band connecting the handrail (first handrail 132 or second handrail 133) and the backrest (first backrest 412 or second backrest 413) on the same side; however, the embodiment of the connector is not limited to this.
在車架收合的過程中,背靠架410受到推力的作用而容易向接近活動架220的方向發生晃動。參見圖1、圖2和圖5,兒童載具還可以包括限位塊1600,本實施例中還示出了限位塊1600的示例性實施方式。當然,在一些替代實施例中,限位塊1600還可以有其他的實施方式。限位塊1600可以安裝在車架100的任何合適位置,以根據需要來限制背靠架410的轉動。During the retraction of the frame, the backrest 410 is prone to swaying towards the movable frame 220 due to the thrust. Referring to Figures 1, 2, and 5, the child vehicle may also include a limiting block 1600, an exemplary embodiment of which is shown in this embodiment. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, the limiting block 1600 may have other embodiments. The limiting block 1600 can be mounted at any suitable location on the frame 100 to limit the rotation of the backrest 410 as needed.
在本實施例中,限位塊1600例如包括限位本體部1610,限位本體部1610例如具有安裝槽1611,限位塊1600通過該安裝槽1611固定在座管110的後端。由圖2和圖5中可以看出,座管110為扁管,安裝槽1611相應地為扁形槽,套裝在一起的限位塊1600和座管110之間不會發生周向轉動。另外,限位塊1600的限位本體部1610可以設置有孔1612,孔1612供樞接軸630穿過,樞接軸630用於限制限位塊1600和座管110之間的相對移動,將限位塊1600固定於座管110上。當然,限位塊1600和座管110的結構不限於本實施例中的舉例,相應地,限制限位塊1600和座管110的周向轉動和軸向移動的方式也不限於本實施例中的舉例。例如,在一些替代實施例中,限位塊1600的安裝槽1611與座管110通過切面連接,限位塊1600的孔1612可以通過與樞接軸630平行的銷軸與座管110連接。In this embodiment, the limiting block 1600 includes, for example, a limiting body portion 1610, which has, for example, a mounting groove 1611 through which the limiting block 1600 is fixed to the rear end of the seat tube 110. As can be seen from Figures 2 and 5, the seat tube 110 is a flat tube, and the mounting groove 1611 is correspondingly a flat groove, so the limiting block 1600 and the seat tube 110, which are fitted together, will not rotate circumferentially. In addition, the limiting body portion 1610 of the limiting block 1600 may be provided with a hole 1612 through which the pivot shaft 630 passes. The pivot shaft 630 is used to limit the relative movement between the limiting block 1600 and the seat tube 110, and to fix the limiting block 1600 to the seat tube 110. Of course, the structure of the limit block 1600 and the seat tube 110 is not limited to the examples in this embodiment, and correspondingly, the way in which the circumferential rotation and axial movement of the limit block 1600 and the seat tube 110 are restricted is also not limited to the examples in this embodiment. For example, in some alternative embodiments, the mounting groove 1611 of the limit block 1600 is connected to the seat tube 110 through a cross section, and the hole 1612 of the limit block 1600 can be connected to the seat tube 110 through a pin parallel to the pivot shaft 630.
再來參見圖1,各個背靠杆(第一背靠杆412和第二背靠杆413)具有活動端414,活動端414例如位於對應的背靠杆的底部,以及位於第一轉軸M的下方。當車架100處於展開狀態,推手架120處於後傾的第一位置時,活動端414例如夾持在限位塊1600和活動架220之間,從而實現背靠架410的定位。更具體地,限位塊1600可以具有第一端面1613,活動架220可以具有卡接部226,第一端面1613與卡接部226相對並適於從兩側夾持活動端414,從而實現背靠架410的定位。第一端面1613和卡接部226可以具有與活動端414相配合的表面形狀。在一些實施例中,活動端414在背靠杆的底部傾斜地延伸,第一端面1613和卡接部226相應地傾斜延伸。在一些實施例中,當車架100處於展開狀態且推手架120處於前傾的第二位置時,活動架220被推至座管110的前部,活動端414與活動架220的卡接部226保持接觸的同時脫離限位塊1600的第一端面1613。此時,活動架220上的卡接部226限制背靠架410在第二方向S2上的轉動,同時背靠架410被上文所述的連接件(圖中未示出)拉住,該連接件限制背靠架410在第一方向S1上的轉動,由此背靠架410在卡接部226和連接件的協作下定位。Referring again to Figure 1, each backrest bar (first backrest bar 412 and second backrest bar 413) has a movable end 414, which is located, for example, at the bottom of the corresponding backrest bar and below the first pivot M. When the frame 100 is in the deployed state and the pusher arm 120 is in the first tilted position, the movable end 414 is clamped, for example, between the limiting block 1600 and the movable frame 220, thereby positioning the backrest frame 410. More specifically, the limiting block 1600 may have a first end face 1613, and the movable frame 220 may have a locking portion 226. The first end face 1613 is opposite to the locking portion 226 and is adapted to clamp the movable end 414 from both sides, thereby positioning the backrest frame 410. The first end face 1613 and the latching portion 226 may have surface shapes that mate with the movable end 414. In some embodiments, the movable end 414 extends obliquely at the bottom of the backrest bar, and the first end face 1613 and the latching portion 226 extend obliquely accordingly. In some embodiments, when the frame 100 is in the deployed state and the pusher arm 120 is in the forward-leaning second position, the movable arm 220 is pushed to the front of the seat tube 110, and the movable end 414 remains in contact with the latching portion 226 of the movable arm 220 while disengaging from the first end face 1613 of the limiting block 1600. At this time, the latching part 226 on the movable frame 220 restricts the rotation of the backrest 410 in the second direction S2, while the backrest 410 is held by the connecting member (not shown in the figure) mentioned above, which restricts the rotation of the backrest 410 in the first direction S1. Thus, the backrest 410 is positioned by the cooperation of the latching part 226 and the connecting member.
圖6示出了兒童載具處於介於展開狀態和收合狀態之間的一個狀態的立體圖,圖7示出了兒童載具處於介於展開狀態和收合狀態之間的又一狀態的剖視圖,圖8示出了兒童載具處於收合狀態的立體圖。下面結合圖1、圖2、圖6至圖8來說明該兒童載具的收合過程。Figure 6 shows a perspective view of the child vehicle in one state between the deployed and folded states. Figure 7 shows a cross-sectional view of the child vehicle in another state between the deployed and folded states. Figure 8 shows a perspective view of the child vehicle in the folded state. The folding process of the child vehicle will be explained below with reference to Figures 1, 2, 6 to 8.
參見圖1和圖2,當需要收合兒童載具時,按壓操作件710解除輔助架140和連接架150之間的鎖定,然後推動推手架120帶動輔助架140在第一方向S1上繞樞接軸630轉動,連接架150繞樞軸94在第二方向S2上轉動。連接架150的轉動會帶動座管110繞樞軸91在第二方向S2上轉動,各個扶手杆繞樞軸92在第二方向S2上轉動,從而促使前腳支撐架160和後腳支撐架170彼此靠近,最終收合為圖8所示的收合狀態。Referring to Figures 1 and 2, when the child vehicle needs to be folded, press the operating element 710 to release the lock between the auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150. Then, push the pusher frame 120 to rotate the auxiliary frame 140 around the pivot axis 630 in the first direction S1, and the connecting frame 150 rotates around the pivot axis 94 in the second direction S2. The rotation of the connecting frame 150 will cause the seat tube 110 to rotate around the pivot axis 91 in the second direction S2, and each handrail will rotate around the pivot axis 92 in the second direction S2, thereby causing the front foot support frame 160 and the rear foot support frame 170 to move closer to each other, and finally fold in the folded state shown in Figure 8.
參見圖6和圖7,在兒童載具的收合過程中,活動架220隨著推手架120的轉動而沿著座管110向著遠離限位塊1600的方向移動,卡接部226與活動端414彼此分離,為背靠架410的轉動騰出空間。推手架120在第一方向S1上轉動的同時推動背靠架410繞第一轉軸M在第一方向S1上轉動,使得背靠架410靠近活動架220。Referring to Figures 6 and 7, during the folding process of the child vehicle, the movable frame 220 moves along the seat tube 110 away from the limit block 1600 as the pusher frame 120 rotates. The locking part 226 separates from the movable end 414, creating space for the backrest frame 410 to rotate. While the pusher frame 120 rotates in the first direction S1, it pushes the backrest frame 410 to rotate around the first axis M in the first direction S1, causing the backrest frame 410 to move closer to the movable frame 220.
當車架100由展開狀態向收合狀態切換時,背靠架410持續受到來自推手架120的推力,極易在第一方向S1上發生不受控的晃動,使得背靠架410不能穩定地隨著推手架120一起收合。為此,本實施例中的限位塊1600設置有伸縮部1620,在車架100由展開狀態向收合狀態切換時,伸縮部1620適於與同側的背靠杆的活動端414抵接,並對背靠架410施加在第二方向S2上轉動的力,由此抵消背靠架410所受到的在第一方向S1上轉動的推力,使得背靠架410能夠穩定地隨著推手架120一起收合,緩解了背靠架410在車架100收合過程的晃動現象。When the frame 100 switches from the unfolded state to the retracted state, the backrest 410 is continuously subjected to the thrust from the pusher frame 120, which makes it very easy for it to wobble uncontrollably in the first direction S1, so that the backrest 410 cannot retract stably along with the pusher frame 120. Therefore, the limiting block 1600 in this embodiment is provided with a telescopic part 1620. When the frame 100 switches from the unfolded state to the retracted state, the telescopic part 1620 is adapted to abut against the movable end 414 of the backrest bar on the same side and apply a force to the backrest 410 rotating in the second direction S2, thereby counteracting the thrust of the backrest 410 rotating in the first direction S1, so that the backrest 410 can be stably retracted together with the pusher frame 120, thus relieving the swaying phenomenon of the backrest 410 during the retraction process of the frame 100.
參見圖5至圖7,在一些實施例中,伸縮部1620設置在第一端面1613的下方。背靠架410繞第一轉軸M在第一方向S1上轉動時,當活動端414轉動到伸縮部1620的伸縮路徑上時,伸縮部1620與活動端414的抵接並對背靠架410施力。在一些替代實施例中,伸縮部1620的伸縮路徑可以穿過第一端面1613的至少部分區域。Referring to Figures 5 to 7, in some embodiments, the telescopic portion 1620 is disposed below the first end face 1613. When the backrest 410 rotates about the first axis of rotation M in the first direction S1, when the movable end 414 rotates onto the telescopic path of the telescopic portion 1620, the telescopic portion 1620 abuts against the movable end 414 and applies force to the backrest 410. In some alternative embodiments, the telescopic path of the telescopic portion 1620 may pass through at least a portion of the first end face 1613.
圖5、圖7和圖8示出了伸縮部1620的示例性實施方式,當然,伸縮部1620的實施方式不限於本實施例中的舉例。伸縮部1620可以包括滑塊1621和彈性復位件1622。滑塊1621與限位本體部1610滑動配合,用於與活動端414抵接。在一些實施例中,滑塊1621例如可以由強度好且耐磨的材料製成。彈性復位件1622夾持在限位本體部1610和滑塊1621之間,以允許滑塊1621在與活動端414抵接時彈性地伸縮。彈性復位件1622例如可以是彈簧。在一些替代實施例中,伸縮部1620例如具有可彈性回彈的結構或者直接由可彈性變形的材料製成,伸縮部1620安裝在限位本體部1610上並可彈性地變形,以通過抵接活動端414來對背靠架410施加在第二方向S2上轉動的力。Figures 5, 7, and 8 illustrate exemplary embodiments of the telescopic portion 1620; however, embodiments of the telescopic portion 1620 are not limited to those exemplified in this embodiment. The telescopic portion 1620 may include a slider 1621 and an elastic return member 1622. The slider 1621 slides with the limiting body 1610 for abutting against the movable end 414. In some embodiments, the slider 1621 may be made of a high-strength and wear-resistant material, for example. The elastic return member 1622 is clamped between the limiting body 1610 and the slider 1621 to allow the slider 1621 to elastically extend and retract when abutting against the movable end 414. The elastic return member 1622 may be, for example, a spring. In some alternative embodiments, the telescopic portion 1620 may have a resilient structure or be made directly of a resilient material. The telescopic portion 1620 is mounted on the limiting body portion 1610 and is resiliently deformable to apply a force for rotation in the second direction S2 to the backrest 410 by abutting the movable end 414.
參見圖5,在一些實施例中,限位本體部1610可以設置有導向槽1614,導向槽1614例如具有面對活動端414的槽口1615以及與槽口1615相對的槽底,槽底可以是封閉結構。伸縮部1620可以通過槽口1615安裝在導向槽1614中並能夠相對於槽口1615彈性地伸縮。更具體地,滑塊1621與導向槽1614滑動配合,彈性復位件1622夾持在導向槽1614的槽底和滑塊1621之間,滑塊1621在彈性復位件1622的作用下能夠相對於槽口1615彈性地伸縮,位於槽口1615外部的滑塊1621用於與活動端414抵接。當然,在一些替代實施例中,伸縮部1620還可以通過其他合適的結構與限位本體部1610連接,也即,伸縮部1620並不限於通過導向槽1614安裝至限位本體部1610上。Referring to Figure 5, in some embodiments, the limiting body 1610 may be provided with a guide groove 1614. The guide groove 1614, for example, has a slot 1615 facing the movable end 414 and a slot bottom opposite to the slot 1615. The slot bottom may be a closed structure. The telescopic part 1620 may be installed in the guide groove 1614 through the slot 1615 and may elastically extend and retract relative to the slot 1615. More specifically, the slider 1621 slides in conjunction with the guide groove 1614, and the elastic return member 1622 is clamped between the bottom of the guide groove 1614 and the slider 1621. Under the action of the elastic return member 1622, the slider 1621 can elastically extend and retract relative to the groove opening 1615. The slider 1621 located outside the groove opening 1615 is used to abut against the movable end 414. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, the telescopic part 1620 can also be connected to the limiting body part 1610 through other suitable structures. That is, the telescopic part 1620 is not limited to being installed on the limiting body part 1610 through the guide groove 1614.
參見圖5,在一些實施例中,滑塊1621與本體部1610之間還可以設置有限位機構1630,限位機構1630用於限制滑塊1621的滑動行程,避免伸縮部1620意外脫離導向槽1614。限位機構1630例如可以包括設置在導向槽1614的槽壁上的限位孔1631和設置在滑塊1621上的限位凸塊1632。限位凸塊1632和限位孔1631滑動配合。在一些實施例中,限位孔1631例如可以是長形孔,限位凸塊1632例如可以是安裝在滑塊1621上的銷軸。在一些替代實施例中,限位孔1631和限位凸塊1632在導向槽1614的壁體和滑塊1621上的位置可以互換。Referring to Figure 5, in some embodiments, a limiting mechanism 1630 may be provided between the slider 1621 and the main body 1610. The limiting mechanism 1630 is used to limit the sliding stroke of the slider 1621 and prevent the telescopic part 1620 from accidentally disengaging from the guide groove 1614. The limiting mechanism 1630 may include, for example, a limiting hole 1631 provided on the groove wall of the guide groove 1614 and a limiting protrusion 1632 provided on the slider 1621. The limiting protrusion 1632 and the limiting hole 1631 are slidably engaged. In some embodiments, the limiting hole 1631 may be, for example, an elongated hole, and the limiting protrusion 1632 may be, for example, a pin mounted on the slider 1621. In some alternative embodiments, the positions of the limiting hole 1631 and the limiting protrusion 1632 on the wall of the guide groove 1614 and the slider 1621 can be interchanged.
參見圖5,在一些實施例中,導向槽1614的槽口1615的底部具有向外凸伸的延長支撐部1616。該延長支撐部1616為相對於槽口1614伸縮的滑塊1621提供附加的支撐效果。在一些實施例中,可以在槽口1614的上部設置限位凸起1617,限位凸起1617與延長支撐部1616相對,限位凸起1617可以限制活動端414繞第一轉軸M在第一方向S1上過度樞轉。在一些實施例中,限位凸起1617例如可以設置在導向槽1614的槽口1615的上方,例如設置在槽口1615的端面1618和第一端面1613的交匯處。Referring to Figure 5, in some embodiments, the bottom of the slot 1615 of the guide groove 1614 has an outwardly protruding extended support 1616. This extended support 1616 provides additional support for the slider 1621 that extends relative to the slot 1614. In some embodiments, a limiting protrusion 1617 may be provided at the upper part of the slot 1614, opposite to the extended support 1616, and the limiting protrusion 1617 can restrict the movable end 414 from excessively rotating about the first axis of rotation M in the first direction S1. In some embodiments, the limiting protrusion 1617 may be provided above the slot 1615 of the guide groove 1614, for example, at the intersection of the end face 1618 of the slot 1615 and the first end face 1613.
第二方面Second aspect
為了便於收納和運輸,目前市面上的載具例如兒童推車大多具有收合功能,例如可以通過車架收合連動座椅收合。這種推車的座椅上的背靠架和背靠板一般通過束帶長度調整進行背靠板的角度調整,但是由於背靠架需要固定限位和收合,且車架在收合或展開過程中需要連動座椅上的背靠架進行同步收合和展開,因此機構操作複雜,使用不方便。To facilitate storage and transportation, most vehicles on the market, such as strollers, have a folding function, for example, the seat can be folded in conjunction with the frame. The backrest and back panel on the seat of such strollers are generally adjusted by adjusting the length of the straps to adjust the angle of the backrest. However, because the backrest needs to be fixed and folded, and the frame needs to be linked to the backrest on the seat to fold and unfold synchronously during the folding or unfolding process, the mechanism is complicated to operate and inconvenient to use.
如圖9所示,本發明第二方面提出一種載具,該載具可以為兒童推車,該推車的車架100連動背靠組件400收合的結構較為簡單,使用方便。As shown in Figure 9, the second aspect of the present invention provides a vehicle, which can be a children's stroller. The stroller's frame 100 is linked to the backrest assembly 400, which has a simple structure and is easy to use.
具體地,如圖9和圖10所示,該推車包括車架100、座椅組件200、背靠組件400、驅動組件600、收合鎖定機構700和連杆組件1500。車架100在收合狀態和展開狀態之間可切換。座椅組件200活動地設置於車架100上。連杆組件1500與車架100、座椅組件200均活動地連接。背靠組件400通過連杆組件1500活動地連接於座椅組件200。車架100由展開狀態切換至收合狀態時能夠通過連杆組件1500帶動背靠組件400向靠近座椅組件200的方向收合。驅動組件600設置於推手架120和座椅組件200的活動架220(詳見後述)之間,車架100可被操作以通過驅動組件600驅動活動架220沿車架100的座管110(詳見後述)移動。Specifically, as shown in Figures 9 and 10, the stroller includes a frame 100, a seat assembly 200, a backrest assembly 400, a drive assembly 600, a folding and locking mechanism 700, and a linkage assembly 1500. The frame 100 is switchable between a folded and an unfolded state. The seat assembly 200 is movably mounted on the frame 100. The linkage assembly 1500 is movably connected to both the frame 100 and the seat assembly 200. The backrest assembly 400 is movably connected to the seat assembly 200 via the linkage assembly 1500. When the frame 100 switches from the unfolded state to the folded state, the linkage assembly 1500 can drive the backrest assembly 400 to fold towards the seat assembly 200. The drive assembly 600 is disposed between the pusher arm 120 and the movable frame 220 of the seat assembly 200 (described later), and the frame 100 can be operated to drive the movable frame 220 along the seat tube 110 of the frame 100 (described later) via the drive assembly 600.
具體地,如圖9和圖10所示,車架100包括座管110、推手架120、扶手架130、輔助架140、連接架150、前腳支撐架160和後腳支撐架170。扶手架130包括扶手本體131和扶手杆132、133。前腳支撐架160和後腳支撐架170均大致為H型架結構。前腳支撐架160的位於上方的兩個端部與後腳支撐架170的位於上方的兩個端部分別相互樞接,前腳支撐架160的位於下方的兩個端部與後腳支撐架170的位於下方的兩個端部相互遠離以形成穩定的三角支撐結構。前腳支撐架160的位於下方的兩個端部均設置有兩組前輪組件181,後腳支撐架170的位於下方的兩個端部均設置有兩組後輪組件182。扶手本體131大致為U型杆結構且兩端分別以可拆卸或不可拆卸的連接於前腳支撐架160和後腳支撐架170的兩個樞接點。扶手杆有兩個,分別為第一扶手杆132和第二扶手杆133,均大致沿著推車的前後方向設置。兩個扶手杆132、133的前端均樞接於前腳支撐架160和後腳支撐架170的樞接點。輔助架140對應設有兩個,且兩個輔助架140的上端分別與兩個扶手杆132、133的後端樞接。連接架150對應有兩個且均大致呈L型架結構。兩個連接架150的一端分別與兩個輔助架140的下端樞接,兩個連接架150的另一端分別與後腳支撐架170的左右兩側樞接。具體地,推手架120包括大致為U型架結構的推手本體121及連接於推手本體121兩端的兩個推手杆122、123。兩個推手杆122、123的末端均樞接於座管110。Specifically, as shown in Figures 9 and 10, the frame 100 includes a seatpost 110, a pusher frame 120, a handrail frame 130, an auxiliary frame 140, a connecting frame 150, a front support frame 160, and a rear support frame 170. The handrail frame 130 includes a handrail body 131 and handrail bars 132 and 133. Both the front support frame 160 and the rear support frame 170 are generally H-shaped frame structures. The two upper ends of the front support frame 160 are hinged to the two upper ends of the rear support frame 170, while the two lower ends of the front support frame 160 and the two lower ends of the rear support frame 170 are spaced apart to form a stable triangular support structure. Two sets of front wheel assemblies 181 are provided at the two lower ends of the front support frame 160, and two sets of rear wheel assemblies 182 are provided at the two lower ends of the rear support frame 170. The handrail body 131 is generally a U-shaped rod structure, with both ends detachably or non-detachably connected to the two hinge points of the front support frame 160 and the rear support frame 170. There are two handrails, designated as the first handrail 132 and the second handrail 133, both roughly aligned with the front-to-back direction of the trolley. The front ends of both handrails 132 and 133 are hinged to the hinge points of the front support frame 160 and the rear support frame 170. Two auxiliary frames 140 are correspondingly provided, with their upper ends hinged to the rear ends of the two handrails 132 and 133, respectively. Two connecting frames 150 are correspondingly provided, both roughly L-shaped. One end of each connecting frame 150 is hinged to the lower end of each auxiliary frame 140, and the other end is hinged to the left and right sides of the rear support frame 170, respectively. Specifically, the pusher frame 120 includes a pusher body 121 with a generally U-shaped frame structure and two pusher rods 122 and 123 connected to both ends of the pusher body 121. The ends of the two pusher rods 122 and 123 are both hinged to the seat tube 110.
具體地,如圖9和圖10所示,兩個座管110分別設置在推車的左右兩側,座椅組件200包括分別滑動設置於兩個座管110上的活動架220以及固定於兩個活動架220上的座椅架230。下面以其中一側的座管110和活動架220為例具體說明其結構:Specifically, as shown in Figures 9 and 10, two seat posts 110 are respectively located on the left and right sides of the stroller. The seat assembly 200 includes movable frames 220 that are slidably mounted on the two seat posts 110 and seat frames 230 fixed to the two movable frames 220. The structure is explained below using one side of the seat post 110 and movable frame 220 as an example:
如圖11至圖13所示,座管110大致沿著推車的前後方向延伸設置,座管110的前後兩端分別樞接於前腳支撐架160和後腳支撐架170。活動架220包括滑動套筒221、連接部222、第一安裝部223和第二安裝部224。As shown in Figures 11 to 13, the seat tube 110 extends approximately along the front-to-back direction of the trolley, and its front and rear ends are respectively connected to the front leg support frame 160 and the rear leg support frame 170. The movable frame 220 includes a sliding sleeve 221, a connecting part 222, a first mounting part 223, and a second mounting part 224.
滑動套筒221套設於座管110外且能沿座管110移動,連接部222連接於滑動套筒221的下側。連接部222設有槽口2221,槽口2221的一側槽壁或兩相對側槽壁上設有貫穿槽口2221的導向槽2222。連接部222大致呈L型框結構,包括相互連接的第一連接段2223和第二連接段2224。第一連接段2223沿著平行於座管110的方向延伸且一側與滑動套筒221連接。第二連接段2224的一端與第一連接段2223的一端連接,且第二連接段2224的延伸方向與第一連接段2223的延伸方向交叉。第二連接段2224與滑動套筒221呈夾角設置且第二連接段2224與滑動套筒221之間形成凹槽225(如圖13所示)。凹槽225的槽壁形成卡接部226。導向槽2222包括相互連通的第一槽部2222a和第二槽部2222b。第一槽部2222a沿著活動架220的移動方向延伸,第二槽部2222b的延伸方向與第一槽部2222a的延伸方向交叉。第一槽部2222a遠離第二槽部2222b的一端為第一端2222c,第二槽部2222b遠離第一槽部2222a的一端為第二端2222d。本實施例中,導向槽2222大致沿著連接部222的延伸方向設置,在其他實施例中,連接部222也可以為其他形狀,而導向槽2222無需沿連接部222的延伸方向設置。第一安裝部223連接於滑動套筒221的內側,即滑動套筒221與另一側的座管110相對的一側,座椅架230的一側安裝於第一安裝部223。第二安裝部224設於滑動套筒221的後上側。本實施例中,活動架220為一體成型結構。A sliding sleeve 221 is fitted around the seat tube 110 and can move along the seat tube 110. A connecting part 222 is connected to the lower side of the sliding sleeve 221. The connecting part 222 is provided with a slot 2221, and a guide groove 2222 penetrating the slot 2221 is provided on one side wall or two opposite side walls of the slot 2221. The connecting part 222 is generally L-shaped frame structure, including a first connecting section 2223 and a second connecting section 2224 that are connected to each other. The first connecting section 2223 extends in a direction parallel to the seat tube 110 and is connected to the sliding sleeve 221 on one side. One end of the second connecting section 2224 is connected to one end of the first connecting section 2223, and the extending direction of the second connecting section 2224 intersects the extending direction of the first connecting section 2223. The second connecting section 2224 is angled with the sliding sleeve 221, and a groove 225 is formed between the second connecting section 2224 and the sliding sleeve 221 (as shown in Figure 13). The groove wall of the groove 225 forms a snap-fit portion 226. The guide groove 2222 includes a first groove portion 2222a and a second groove portion 2222b that are interconnected. The first groove portion 2222a extends along the moving direction of the movable frame 220, and the extending direction of the second groove portion 2222b intersects the extending direction of the first groove portion 2222a. The end of the first groove portion 2222a that is away from the second groove portion 2222b is the first end 2222c, and the end of the second groove portion 2222b that is away from the first groove portion 2222a is the second end 2222d. In this embodiment, the guide groove 2222 is arranged generally along the extending direction of the connecting portion 222. In other embodiments, the connecting portion 222 may have other shapes, and the guide groove 2222 does not need to be arranged along the extending direction of the connecting portion 222. The first mounting portion 223 is connected to the inner side of the sliding sleeve 221, that is, the side of the sliding sleeve 221 opposite to the seat tube 110 on the other side. One side of the seat frame 230 is mounted on the first mounting portion 223. The second mounting portion 224 is provided on the upper rear side of the sliding sleeve 221. In this embodiment, the movable frame 220 is a one-piece molded structure.
具體地,如圖12和圖13所示,驅動組件600包括相互樞接的第一驅動杆610和第二驅動杆620。第一驅動杆610遠離第二驅動杆620的一端與推手架120連接,第二驅動杆620遠離第一驅動杆610的一端與活動架220連接。本實施例中,第二驅動杆620遠離第一驅動杆610的一端與活動架220的第二安裝部224連接。如此,在車架100的收合或展開過程中可以通過推手架120的轉動帶動活動架220沿座管110滑動。本實施例中,驅動組件600還包括樞接軸630,樞接軸630的一端固定於推手杆122、123的末端,樞接軸630的另一端依次穿過連接架150、輔助架140、第一驅動杆610的遠離第二驅動杆620的一端而樞接於座管110的後端。其中,第一驅動杆610的遠離第二驅動杆620的一端固接於樞接軸630。如此,當推手杆122、123轉動時即能通過樞接軸630帶動第一驅動杆610和第二驅動杆620樞轉,從而通過第二驅動杆620推動活動架220沿著座管110滑動。Specifically, as shown in Figures 12 and 13, the drive assembly 600 includes a first drive lever 610 and a second drive lever 620 connected to each other. The end of the first drive lever 610 away from the second drive lever 620 is connected to the pusher arm 120, and the end of the second drive lever 620 away from the first drive lever 610 is connected to the movable frame 220. In this embodiment, the end of the second drive lever 620 away from the first drive lever 610 is connected to the second mounting portion 224 of the movable frame 220. Thus, during the folding or unfolding of the frame 100, the movable frame 220 can be slid along the seat tube 110 by the rotation of the pusher arm 120. In this embodiment, the drive assembly 600 further includes a pivot shaft 630. One end of the pivot shaft 630 is fixed to the end of the push rods 122 and 123, and the other end of the pivot shaft 630 passes sequentially through the connecting frame 150, the auxiliary frame 140, and the end of the first drive rod 610 furthest from the second drive rod 620, and is pivoted to the rear end of the seat tube 110. The end of the first drive rod 610 furthest from the second drive rod 620 is fixed to the pivot shaft 630. Thus, when the push rods 122 and 123 rotate, the first drive rod 610 and the second drive rod 620 can be driven to rotate through the pivot shaft 630, thereby pushing the movable frame 220 to slide along the seat tube 110 through the second drive rod 620.
進一步地,如圖12和圖13所示,推車還可以包括收合鎖定機構700。收合鎖定機構700具體可以包括第一操作件710、第一牽引件(附圖未示出)、鎖合銷730和第一滑塊740。本實施例中,第一操作件710有一個且可操作地設於推手本體121的大致中部,不以此為限。第一牽引件、鎖合銷730和第一滑塊740均分別有兩個且分別設於推車的左右兩側。下面以其中一側的收合鎖定機構700為例進行具體說明:Furthermore, as shown in Figures 12 and 13, the trolley may also include a retraction locking mechanism 700. The retraction locking mechanism 700 may specifically include a first operating member 710, a first traction member (not shown in the accompanying figures), a locking pin 730, and a first slider 740. In this embodiment, the first operating member 710 is one and operably located approximately in the center of the push handle body 121, but this is not a limitation. There are two of each of the first traction member, locking pin 730, and first slider 740, and they are respectively located on the left and right sides of the trolley. The following description uses one side of the retraction locking mechanism 700 as an example:
如圖12和圖13所示,第一滑塊740可滑動地設於推手杆122、123。第一牽引件的一端與第一操作件710連接,另一端與第一滑塊740連接。第一操作件710被操作時能夠通過第一牽引件帶動第一滑塊740沿推手杆122、123向上滑動。輔助架140和連接架150的連接處形成第一鎖合槽1503a。輔助架140面向推手杆122、123的一側,即輔助架140的外側設有滑槽1403,鎖合銷730可滑動地設於滑槽1403內。當推車切換到展開狀態時,鎖合銷730在展開鎖定位置和展開釋鎖位置之間可切換。具體地,當推車切換到展開狀態時,第一鎖合槽1503a與滑槽1403對正,鎖合銷730能插設於第一鎖合槽1503a內(即,處於展開鎖定位置)以將車架100鎖定於展開狀態。鎖合銷730能脫離第一鎖合槽1503a(即,處於展開釋鎖位置)以解除對車架100於展開狀態的鎖定,車架100可收合。鎖合銷730包括相互連接的鎖合部731和第一抵推部732,鎖合部731可滑動地設於滑槽1403內且能插設於第一鎖合槽1503a內,第一抵推部732的一端固定於鎖合部731,另一端向推手杆122、123凸伸。第一滑塊740設有向輔助架140凸伸的第二抵推部741。第二抵推部741抵接於第一抵推部732的下側。如此,當第一操作件710被操作時,第一操作件710可通過第一牽引件拉動第一滑塊740向上移動,第一滑塊740同時通過第一抵推部732和第二抵推部741之間的抵接帶動鎖合銷730向上移動至展開釋鎖位置,鎖合銷730的鎖合部731脫離第一鎖合槽1503a,從而解除對車架100於展開狀態的鎖定。As shown in Figures 12 and 13, the first slider 740 is slidably disposed on the push rods 122 and 123. One end of the first traction member is connected to the first operating member 710, and the other end is connected to the first slider 740. When the first operating member 710 is operated, the first slider 740 can be driven to slide upward along the push rods 122 and 123 via the first traction member. The connection between the auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150 forms a first locking groove 1503a. The side of the auxiliary frame 140 facing the push rods 122 and 123, that is, the outer side of the auxiliary frame 140, is provided with a sliding groove 1403, and the locking pin 730 is slidably disposed in the sliding groove 1403. When the trolley is switched to the unfolded state, the locking pin 730 can switch between the unfolded locked position and the unfolded unlocked position. Specifically, when the trolley is switched to the unfolded state, the first locking groove 1503a aligns with the slide groove 1403, and the locking pin 730 can be inserted into the first locking groove 1503a (i.e., in the unfolded locked position) to lock the frame 100 in the unfolded state. The locking pin 730 can disengage from the first locking groove 1503a (i.e., in the unfolded unlocked position) to release the locking of the frame 100 in the unfolded state, and the frame 100 can be folded up. The locking pin 730 includes a locking part 731 and a first pushing part 732 connected to each other. The locking part 731 is slidably disposed in the slide groove 1403 and can be inserted into the first locking groove 1503a. One end of the first pushing part 732 is fixed to the locking part 731, and the other end protrudes toward the push handles 122 and 123. The first slider 740 is provided with a second pushing part 741 protruding toward the auxiliary frame 140. The second pushing part 741 abuts against the lower side of the first pushing part 732. Thus, when the first operating member 710 is operated, the first operating member 710 can pull the first slider 740 upward through the first traction member. At the same time, the first slider 740 drives the locking pin 730 upward to the unfolded release position through the abutment between the first pushing part 732 and the second pushing part 741. The locking part 731 of the locking pin 730 disengages from the first locking groove 1503a, thereby releasing the locking of the frame 100 in the unfolded state.
如圖13、圖17a和圖17b所示,輔助架140和連接架150的連接處還可形成第二鎖合槽1503b。當推車切換到收合狀態時,鎖合銷730在收合鎖定位置和收合釋鎖位置之間可切換。具體地,當推車切換到收合狀態時,第二鎖合槽1503b與滑槽1403對正,鎖合銷730能插設於第二鎖合槽1503b內(即,處於收合鎖定位置)以將車架100鎖定於收合狀態。鎖合銷730能脫離第二鎖合槽1503b(即,處於收合釋鎖位置)以解除對車架100於收合狀態的鎖定,車架100可展開。當第一操作件710被操作時,第一操作件710可通過第一牽引件拉動第一滑塊740向上移動,第一滑塊740同時通過第一抵推部732和第二抵推部741之間的抵接帶動鎖合銷730向上移動至收合釋鎖位置,鎖合銷730的鎖合部731脫離第二鎖合槽1503b,從而解除對車架100於收合狀態的鎖定。As shown in Figures 13, 17a, and 17b, a second locking groove 1503b can also be formed at the connection between the auxiliary frame 140 and the connecting frame 150. When the trolley is switched to the folded state, the locking pin 730 can switch between the folded locked position and the folded unlocked position. Specifically, when the trolley is switched to the folded state, the second locking groove 1503b is aligned with the slide groove 1403, and the locking pin 730 can be inserted into the second locking groove 1503b (i.e., in the folded locked position) to lock the frame 100 in the folded state. The locking pin 730 can disengage from the second locking groove 1503b (i.e., in the retracted/unlocked position) to release the frame 100 from the retracted state, allowing the frame 100 to unfold. When the first operating member 710 is operated, the first operating member 710 can pull the first slider 740 upward via the first traction member. Simultaneously, the first slider 740 drives the locking pin 730 upward to the retracted/unlocked position through the abutment between the first abutment part 732 and the second abutment part 741. The locking part 731 of the locking pin 730 disengages from the second locking groove 1503b, thereby releasing the frame 100 from the retracted state.
第一鎖合槽1503a和第二鎖合槽1503b可設置於使連接架150與輔助架140樞接的樞接軸630的相對兩側,當車架100處於展開狀態時,第一鎖合槽1503a與滑槽1403對正。當車架100由展開狀態向收合狀態切換時,連接架150相對於輔助架140繞樞接軸630做相對轉動,並且在車架100切換至收合狀態時,第二鎖合槽1503b與滑槽1403對正。The first locking groove 1503a and the second locking groove 1503b can be disposed on opposite sides of the pivot shaft 630 that links the connecting frame 150 and the auxiliary frame 140. When the frame 100 is in the unfolded state, the first locking groove 1503a is aligned with the slide groove 1403. When the frame 100 switches from the unfolded state to the retracted state, the connecting frame 150 rotates relative to the auxiliary frame 140 around the pivot shaft 630, and when the frame 100 switches to the retracted state, the second locking groove 1503b is aligned with the slide groove 1403.
進一步地,推車還可以包括換向鎖定機構900。換向鎖定機構900具體可以包括第二操作件910、第二牽引件(附圖未示出)和第二滑塊920。如圖10所示,第二操作件910有兩個且分別可操作地設於兩個推手杆122、123的內側。請一併參見圖12和圖13,第二牽引件和第二滑塊920也分別有兩個且分別設於推車的左右兩側。下面以其中一側的換向鎖定機構900為例進行具體說明:Furthermore, the trolley may also include a reversing locking mechanism 900. Specifically, the reversing locking mechanism 900 may include a second operating member 910, a second traction member (not shown in the accompanying figures), and a second slider 920. As shown in Figure 10, there are two second operating members 910, each operably disposed inside the two push handles 122 and 123. Referring also to Figures 12 and 13, there are also two second traction members and two second sliders 920, each disposed on the left and right sides of the trolley. The following description uses one side of the reversing locking mechanism 900 as an example:
如圖12和圖13所示,第二滑塊920可滑動地設於推手杆122、123,且第二滑塊920位於第一滑塊740的上方,即第二滑塊920位於第一滑塊740靠近推手本體121的一側。第二牽引件的一端與第二操作件910連接,另一端與第二滑塊920連接。輔助架140的上端還設有第一卡合塊930,請一併參見圖9,前腳支撐架160的靠上端設有第二卡合塊940,第二滑塊920上設有能與第一卡合塊930或第二卡合塊940卡合的卡合槽921(圖10)。請一併參見圖10,如前文所述,第二操作件910被操作時能夠通過第二牽引件帶動第二滑塊920沿推手杆122、123向上滑動,此時第二滑塊920的卡合槽921可以與第一卡合塊930解除卡合,並繞樞接軸630旋轉至第二滑塊920的卡合槽921與第二卡合塊940卡合。如此即可實現推車的前後換向,即換向之前,前腳支撐架160位於後腳支撐架170的前方,換向之後前腳支撐架160位於後腳支撐架170的後方。應當注意的是,此處所指的前方和後方是以推車的行進方向為參照的。具體地,可以將推車的前腳支撐架160位於後腳支撐架170的前方時的前進方向記為第一前進方向F1,如圖15所示;將推車的前腳支撐架160位於後腳支撐架170的後方時的前進方向記為第二前進方向F2,如圖16所示。As shown in Figures 12 and 13, the second slider 920 is slidably disposed on the push handles 122 and 123, and the second slider 920 is located above the first slider 740, that is, the second slider 920 is located on the side of the first slider 740 near the push handle body 121. One end of the second traction member is connected to the second operating member 910, and the other end is connected to the second slider 920. The upper end of the auxiliary frame 140 is also provided with a first engaging block 930. Please refer to Figure 9 for reference. The upper end of the front foot support frame 160 is provided with a second engaging block 940. The second slider 920 is provided with an engaging groove 921 (Figure 10) that can engage with the first engaging block 930 or the second engaging block 940. Please also refer to Figure 10. As mentioned above, when the second operating member 910 is operated, it can drive the second slider 920 to slide upward along the push handles 122 and 123 via the second traction member. At this time, the engagement groove 921 of the second slider 920 can disengage from the first engagement block 930 and rotate around the pivot shaft 630 until the engagement groove 921 of the second slider 920 engages with the second engagement block 940. In this way, the trolley can be reversed. Before reversing, the front support frame 160 is in front of the rear support frame 170, and after reversing, the front support frame 160 is behind the rear support frame 170. It should be noted that the "front" and "rear" referred to here are with reference to the direction of travel of the stroller. Specifically, the direction of travel when the front support 160 of the stroller is in front of the rear support 170 can be denoted as the first direction of travel F1, as shown in Figure 15; the direction of travel when the front support 160 of the stroller is behind the rear support 170 can be denoted as the second direction of travel F2, as shown in Figure 16.
具體地,如圖13和圖14所示,推車的左右兩側均設有連杆組件1500。下面以其中一個連杆組件1500為例說明其具體結構:Specifically, as shown in Figures 13 and 14, the trolley is equipped with linkage components 1500 on both the left and right sides. The specific structure of one of the linkage components 1500 is explained below as an example:
連杆組件1500包括第一連杆1510和第二連杆1520。第一連杆1510大致呈長條狀結構,第一連杆1510具有第一活動部1511和第一樞接部1512。本實施例中,第一活動部1511和第一樞接部1512分別位於第一連杆1510的兩端。第一活動部1511與座椅組件200活動地樞接,第一樞接部1512與車架100樞接。本實施例中,第一活動部1511設有第一活動凸15111。第一連杆1510的具有第一活動部1511的一端經槽口2221插設於連接部222中,且第一活動凸15111插設於連接部222的導向槽2222中並可沿導向槽2222滑動,即使得第一活動部1511可相對連接部222滑動。如此,第一連杆1510活動地套接在槽口2221內,並通過第一活動凸15111和導向槽2222進行導向定位,增加了第一連杆1510活動的穩定性。當推車處於展開狀態時,第一活動凸15111位於導向槽2222的第一端2222c。當推車處於收合狀態時,第一活動凸15111位於導向槽2222的第二端2222d。第一樞接部1512則通過樞轉軸97樞接於輔助架140的靠下端。本實施例中,前文所述的座管110通過樞接軸630樞接於輔助架140,且樞接軸630相對樞轉軸97遠離輔助架140的下端部,即樞接軸630位於樞轉軸97上方。第一連杆1510還具有驅動槽1513,驅動槽1513位於第一活動部1511和第一樞接部1512之間且沿著第一連杆1510的長度方向延伸。The linkage assembly 1500 includes a first linkage 1510 and a second linkage 1520. The first linkage 1510 is generally elongated and has a first movable portion 1511 and a first connecting portion 1512. In this embodiment, the first movable portion 1511 and the first connecting portion 1512 are located at opposite ends of the first linkage 1510. The first movable portion 1511 is movably connected to the seat assembly 200, and the first connecting portion 1512 is connected to the frame 100. In this embodiment, the first movable portion 1511 has a first movable protrusion 15111. One end of the first connecting rod 1510, having a first movable portion 1511, is inserted into the connecting portion 222 via a slot 2221. A first movable protrusion 15111 is inserted into a guide groove 2222 of the connecting portion 222 and can slide along the guide groove 2222, allowing the first movable portion 1511 to slide relative to the connecting portion 222. Thus, the first connecting rod 1510 is movably fitted into the slot 2221 and guided and positioned by the first movable protrusion 15111 and the guide groove 2222, increasing the stability of the first connecting rod 1510's movement. When the trolley is in the unfolded state, the first movable protrusion 15111 is located at the first end 2222c of the guide groove 2222. When the trolley is in the folded state, the first movable protrusion 15111 is located at the second end 2222d of the guide groove 2222. The first hinge portion 1512 is hinged to the lower end of the auxiliary frame 140 via the pivot shaft 97. In this embodiment, the seat tube 110 mentioned above is hinged to the auxiliary frame 140 via the hinge shaft 630, and the hinge shaft 630 is located away from the lower end of the auxiliary frame 140 relative to the pivot shaft 97, that is, the hinge shaft 630 is located above the pivot shaft 97. The first link 1510 also has a drive groove 1513, which is located between the first movable portion 1511 and the first hinge portion 1512 and extends along the length of the first link 1510.
進一步地,如圖13和圖14所示,第二連杆1520包括相互連接的第一杆部1521和第二杆部1522,第一杆部1521和第二杆部1522互成夾角且不垂直,即第二連杆1520大致呈L型結構。第一杆部1521的遠離第二杆部1522的端部設有第二活動部1523,第二杆部1522設有第二樞接部1524。第二活動部1523與第一連杆1510活動地樞接,第二樞接部1524與背靠組件400樞接。本實施例中,第二活動部1523設有第二活動凸15231,第二活動凸15231插設於第一連杆1510的驅動槽1513中並能沿驅動槽1513滑動。第一杆部1521和第二杆部1522的連接處通過第一連接軸95樞接於背靠組件400的背靠管450(詳見後述)。進一步地,當推車處於展開狀態時,第二活動凸15231與活動架220上的卡接部226卡接配合以使得推車能更好地保持於展開狀態。如圖9所示,當推車處於收合狀態時,第二活動凸15231與活動架220上的卡接部226則脫離配合。在其他實施例中,也可以是第一杆部1521或第二杆部1522通過第一連接軸95樞接於背靠組件400的背靠管450。第二樞接部1524通過第二連接軸96樞接於背靠組件400的第一背靠架410(詳見後述)。Further, as shown in Figures 13 and 14, the second link 1520 includes a first link portion 1521 and a second link portion 1522 connected to each other. The first link portion 1521 and the second link portion 1522 are at an angle to each other and are not perpendicular, that is, the second link 1520 is approximately L-shaped. A second movable portion 1523 is provided at the end of the first link portion 1521 away from the second link portion 1522, and a second hinge portion 1524 is provided at the second link portion 1522. The second movable portion 1523 is movably hinged to the first link 1510, and the second hinge portion 1524 is hinged to the backrest assembly 400. In this embodiment, the second movable part 1523 is provided with a second movable protrusion 15231, which is inserted into the drive groove 1513 of the first connecting rod 1510 and can slide along the drive groove 1513. The connection between the first rod part 1521 and the second rod part 1522 is linked to the backrest tube 450 of the backrest assembly 400 (described later) via a first connecting shaft 95. Furthermore, when the trolley is in the unfolded state, the second movable protrusion 15231 engages with the locking part 226 on the movable frame 220 to better maintain the trolley in the unfolded state. As shown in Figure 9, when the trolley is in the folded state, the second movable protrusion 15231 disengages from the locking part 226 on the movable frame 220. In other embodiments, the first link 1521 or the second link 1522 may be hinged to the backrest tube 450 of the backrest assembly 400 via the first connecting shaft 95. The second link 1524 is hinged to the first backrest frame 410 of the backrest assembly 400 via the second connecting shaft 96 (see below for details).
具體地,如圖12至圖14所示,背靠組件400包括第一背靠架410、第二背靠架420、背靠管450、束帶430和束帶調節器440。Specifically, as shown in Figures 12 to 14, the backrest assembly 400 includes a first backrest frame 410, a second backrest frame 420, a backrest tube 450, a strap 430, and a strap adjuster 440.
如圖12至圖14所示,第一背靠架410包括位於推車的左右兩側的大致呈長條狀的兩個背靠杆412、413。兩個背靠杆412、413的下端分別通過兩個第二連接軸96與兩個第二連杆1520的第二樞接部1524樞接。第二背靠架420大致呈U型結構,包括背靠橫向架421及分別連接於背靠橫向架421兩端的背靠豎向架422。兩個背靠杆412、413的上端分別樞接於背靠橫向架421的兩端,兩個背靠豎向架422的遠離背靠橫向架421的一端分別樞接於背靠管450。背靠管450大致呈U型杆結構。如前文所述,背靠管450的兩個末端分別通過第一連接軸95樞接於兩個第二連杆1520。進一步地,背靠組件400還可以包括兩個弧形的限位片460。每個限位片460樞接於背靠管450的其中一個末端和其中一個第二連杆1520之間。在背靠管450和第二連杆1520之間設置限位片460有利於減少背靠管450轉動過程中的晃動。背靠管450可固定背靠板(附圖未示出),背靠組件400的第一背靠架410、第二背靠架420和背靠管450外可罩設篷布之類的包覆物,以形成供嬰幼兒倚靠或躺臥的空間。As shown in Figures 12 to 14, the first backrest frame 410 includes two generally elongated backrest rods 412 and 413 located on the left and right sides of the trolley. The lower ends of the two backrest rods 412 and 413 are respectively connected to the second hinge portions 1524 of the two second connecting shafts 96. The second backrest frame 420 is generally U-shaped and includes a backrest horizontal frame 421 and backrest vertical frames 422 respectively connected to both ends of the backrest horizontal frame 421. The upper ends of the two backrest rods 412 and 413 are respectively hinged to both ends of the backrest horizontal frame 421, and the ends of the two backrest vertical frames 422 that are away from the backrest horizontal frame 421 are respectively hinged to the backrest tubes 450. The backrest tube 450 is generally U-shaped. As mentioned above, the two ends of the backrest tube 450 are respectively connected to two second links 1520 via a first connecting shaft 95. Furthermore, the backrest assembly 400 may also include two arc-shaped limiting pieces 460. Each limiting piece 460 is linked between one end of the backrest tube 450 and one of the second links 1520. Providing the limiting piece 460 between the backrest tube 450 and the second link 1520 helps reduce swaying during rotation of the backrest tube 450. The backrest tube 450 can be used to fix a backrest plate (not shown in the accompanying figures). The first backrest frame 410, the second backrest frame 420, and the backrest tube 450 of the backrest assembly 400 can be covered with a tarpaulin or similar covering to create a space for infants and toddlers to lean against or lie down.
進一步地,如圖12所示,束帶430的一端與一側的連杆組件1500的第二連杆1520連接,束帶430的另一端繞過背靠管450的背向座椅組件200的一面而與另一側的連杆組件1500的第二連杆1520連接,束帶調節器440設於束帶430以用於調節束帶430的長度。本實施例中,如圖14所示,束帶430的兩端分別與同側的第二連杆1520的遠離第一連杆1510的端部連接,束帶430的與第二連杆1520的連接處位於第二連接軸96的遠離第一連杆1510的一側,即位於第二連接軸96的上側,也即位於第二杆部1522的上端。Furthermore, as shown in Figure 12, one end of the strap 430 is connected to the second link 1520 of the linkage assembly 1500 on one side, and the other end of the strap 430 passes over the side of the backrest tube 450 facing away from the seat assembly 200 and is connected to the second link 1520 of the linkage assembly 1500 on the other side. The strap adjuster 440 is provided on the strap 430 for adjusting the length of the strap 430. In this embodiment, as shown in Figure 14, the two ends of the strap 430 are respectively connected to the ends of the second link 1520 on the same side that are away from the first link 1510. The connection point of the strap 430 with the second link 1520 is located on the side of the second connecting shaft 96 away from the first link 1510, that is, on the upper side of the second connecting shaft 96, that is, on the upper end of the second rod portion 1522.
進一步地,束帶430的長度能夠通過束帶調節器440在第一長度和第二長度之間進行調整。其中,第一長度為束帶430的最小長度,第二長度為束帶430的最大長度。當束帶430為第一長度時,如圖14所示,背靠管450相對座椅組件200處於第一傾斜角度,背靠管450與第二背靠架420在同一平面內,推車處於座椅模式。當束帶430為第二長度時,如圖15所示,背靠管450相對座椅組件200處於第二傾斜角度,推車處於躺椅模式。此時從圖15所示的推車的側向截面可以看出,背靠管450、第二背靠架420、第一背靠架410和第二連杆1520的第二杆部1522首尾連接形成大致矩形框結構,使得嬰幼兒的背部和頭部能躺臥於背靠管450、第二背靠架420、第一背靠架410、第二連杆1520的第二杆部1522及篷布圍合成的空間內。第二傾斜角度大於第一傾斜角度。Furthermore, the length of the strap 430 can be adjusted between a first length and a second length via the strap adjuster 440. The first length is the minimum length of the strap 430, and the second length is the maximum length of the strap 430. When the strap 430 is at the first length, as shown in Figure 14, the backrest tube 450 is at a first tilt angle relative to the seat assembly 200, the backrest tube 450 and the second backrest frame 420 are in the same plane, and the trolley is in seat mode. When the strap 430 is at the second length, as shown in Figure 15, the backrest tube 450 is at a second tilt angle relative to the seat assembly 200, and the trolley is in reclining mode. As can be seen from the side cross-section of the stroller shown in Figure 15, the backrest tube 450, the second backrest frame 420, the first backrest frame 410, and the second rod portion 1522 of the second connecting rod 1520 are connected end to end to form a roughly rectangular frame structure, allowing the infant's back and head to lie within the space enclosed by the backrest tube 450, the second backrest frame 420, the first backrest frame 410, the second rod portion 1522 of the second connecting rod 1520, and the tarpaulin. The second tilt angle is greater than the first tilt angle.
圖16示出的則是當束帶430為第二長度且推手架120換向之後的推車的結構示意圖。請一併參見圖15,推手架120被操作轉動而使推車的行進方向由第一前進方向切換至第二前進方向時,推手杆122、123將通過樞接軸630帶動第一驅動杆610和第二驅動杆620樞轉,並通過第二驅動杆620推動活動架220和座椅架230沿著座管110朝第三方向D3移動,即從圖16來看,使得活動架220和座椅架230後移(沿D3方向),也就使得乘坐於座椅架230上的嬰幼兒的重心後移,如此可以使得看護人推動推車時更加省力。進一步地,如圖15和圖16所示,當推車的行進方向由第一前進方向切換至第二前進方向時,第一連杆1510相對於活動架220向第二前進方向移動至第一活動部1511大致位於第一槽部2222a和第二槽部2222b的連通處,第一連杆1510經槽口2221伸出連接部222。Figure 16 shows a schematic diagram of the stroller structure when the strap 430 is at its second length and the pusher arm 120 is reversed. Referring also to Figure 15, when the pusher arm 120 is rotated to change the stroller's direction of travel from the first forward direction to the second forward direction, the pusher levers 122 and 123 will drive the first drive lever 610 and the second drive lever 620 to pivot via the pivot shaft 630. The second drive lever 620 will then push the movable frame 220 and the seat frame 230 to move along the seat tube 110 in the third direction D3. As shown in Figure 16, this causes the movable frame 220 and the seat frame 230 to move backward (along the D3 direction), which shifts the center of gravity of the infant sitting on the seat frame 230 backward, making it easier for the caregiver to push the stroller. Furthermore, as shown in Figures 15 and 16, when the trolley's direction of travel changes from the first forward direction to the second forward direction, the first link 1510 moves relative to the movable frame 220 in the second forward direction until the first movable part 1511 is approximately located at the junction of the first groove 2222a and the second groove 2222b, and the first link 1510 extends out of the connecting part 222 through the groove 2221.
進一步地,從圖14至圖16所示,不論束帶430出於何種長度,也不論推車的前進方向是第一前進方向還是第二前進方向,只要推車處於展開狀態,第二活動凸15231均能與活動架220上的卡接部226卡接配合,從而對第二連杆1520進行限位,從而將背靠管450固定於一定的傾斜角度處。Furthermore, as shown in Figures 14 to 16, regardless of the length of the strap 430 or whether the trolley is moving in the first or second direction, as long as the trolley is in the unfolded state, the second movable protrusion 15231 can engage with the locking part 226 on the movable frame 220, thereby limiting the second connecting rod 1520 and fixing the backrest tube 450 at a certain tilt angle.
下面以推車的右側為例具體說明其收合過程,推車的左側的收合過程與此大致相同:The following explanation uses the right side of the stroller as an example to illustrate its folding process; the folding process for the left side of the stroller is roughly the same:
當需要將推車收合時,如圖9和圖10所示,可以操作推手架120上的第一操作件710,使得第一操作件710通過第一牽引件帶動第一滑塊740向靠近推手本體121的方向,即第一方向D1滑動。同時,如圖12和圖13所示,第一滑塊740通過第二抵推部741抵推鎖合銷730上的第一抵推部732,使得鎖合銷730也沿著第一方向D1滑動至脫離第一鎖合槽1503a,收合鎖定機構700釋鎖,下壓推手架120,推手架120和輔助架140可以向靠近座管110的方向,即圖12中的第二方向D2旋轉收合。輔助架140旋轉收合過程中也將通過第一驅動杆610和第二驅動杆620的連動作用驅動活動架220向座管110的前端滑動,即沿圖12中的第三方向D3滑動。同時,如圖12和圖14所示,沿第三方向D3滑動的活動架220也將通過導向槽2222和第一活動凸15111的配合帶動第一活動凸15111先沿第一槽部2222a滑動,即第一連杆1510向第三方向D3的反方向滑動。與此同時,由於活動架220的滑動,第二連杆1520的第二活動凸15231與活動架220的卡接部226(參見圖13)解除卡接配合。當推手架120被進一步下壓,推手架120和輔助架140會進一步樞轉,從而帶動樞轉軸97向下運動,並進一步拉動第一連杆1510的第一活動凸15111滑動至第二槽部2222b。如圖17所示,在第一活動凸15111滑動至導向槽2222的第二端2222d的過程中,第一連杆1510和推手杆122、123之間的夾角逐漸變小,即相當於第一連杆1510相對於樞轉軸97順時針轉動,即沿著圖17中的第四方向D4樞轉。同時,第一連杆1510滑動時,也通過驅動槽1513和第二活動凸15231的配合(參見圖5)帶動第二連杆1520繞第一連接軸95沿逆時針方向轉動,即沿著圖14或圖17中的第五方向D5樞轉。第二連杆1520轉動過程中也帶動與之樞接的第一背靠架410和背靠管450連同整個背靠組件400向靠近座椅組件200的方向樞轉收合,從而完成推車的整體收合。圖17a和圖17b示出了推車處於收合狀態的結構示意圖,此時活動架220滑動至靠近座管110前端的位置,第一活動凸15111活動至第二端2222d,第二活動凸15231大致位於驅動槽1513的中部,背靠組件400、座椅組件200和車架100相對靠攏收折,占地空間較小,便於收納和攜帶。此時滑槽1403和第二鎖合槽1503b對正,可以放開第一操作件710,使得第一滑塊740在滑塊復位件(附圖未示出)的作用下向第一方向D1的反方向移動至鎖合銷730插設於第二鎖合槽1503b內,推車被鎖定於收合狀態。When the trolley needs to be folded, as shown in Figures 9 and 10, the first operating member 710 on the pusher frame 120 can be operated, causing the first operating member 710 to drive the first slider 740 to slide towards the pusher body 121 in the first direction D1 via the first traction member. At the same time, as shown in Figures 12 and 13, the first slider 740 pushes the first abutting part 732 on the locking pin 730 via the second abutting part 741, causing the locking pin 730 to slide along the first direction D1 until it disengages from the first locking groove 1503a. The folding locking mechanism 700 is released, and the pusher frame 120 is pressed down. The pusher frame 120 and the auxiliary frame 140 can rotate and fold towards the seat tube 110 in the second direction D2 in Figure 12. During the rotation and retraction process of the auxiliary frame 140, the movable frame 220 will also slide towards the front end of the seat tube 110 through the linkage of the first drive rod 610 and the second drive rod 620, that is, slide along the third direction D3 in Figure 12. At the same time, as shown in Figures 12 and 14, the movable frame 220 sliding along the third direction D3 will also drive the first movable protrusion 15111 to slide along the first groove 2222a through the cooperation of the guide groove 2222 and the first movable protrusion 15111, that is, the first connecting rod 1510 slides in the opposite direction of the third direction D3. At the same time, due to the sliding of the movable frame 220, the second movable protrusion 15231 of the second connecting rod 1520 and the locking part 226 of the movable frame 220 (see Figure 13) will be disengaged. When the pusher frame 120 is pressed down further, the pusher frame 120 and the auxiliary frame 140 will rotate further, thereby driving the pivot shaft 97 to move downward, and further pulling the first movable protrusion 15111 of the first link 1510 to slide to the second groove 2222b. As shown in Figure 17, during the process of the first movable protrusion 15111 sliding to the second end 2222d of the guide groove 2222, the angle between the first link 1510 and the pusher rods 122 and 123 gradually decreases, that is, the first link 1510 rotates clockwise relative to the pivot shaft 97, that is, it pivots along the fourth direction D4 in Figure 17. Simultaneously, when the first link 1510 slides, it also drives the second link 1520 to rotate counterclockwise around the first connecting shaft 95 through the cooperation of the drive groove 1513 and the second movable protrusion 15231 (see Figure 5), that is, to pivot along the fifth direction D5 in Figure 14 or Figure 17. During the rotation of the second link 1520, it also drives the first backrest frame 410 and backrest tube 450, which are connected to it, along with the entire backrest assembly 400, to pivot and retract towards the seat assembly 200, thereby completing the overall folding of the trolley. Figures 17a and 17b show schematic diagrams of the stroller in its folded state. At this time, the movable frame 220 slides to a position near the front end of the seat post 110, the first movable protrusion 15111 moves to the second end 2222d, and the second movable protrusion 15231 is approximately located in the middle of the drive groove 1513. The backrest assembly 400, seat assembly 200, and frame 100 are folded together, occupying less space and facilitating storage and carrying. At this time, the slide groove 1403 and the second locking groove 1503b are aligned, allowing the first operating member 710 to be released. This allows the first slider 740 to move in the opposite direction of the first direction D1 under the action of the slider reset member (not shown in the accompanying figures) until the locking pin 730 is inserted into the second locking groove 1503b, locking the stroller in the folded state.
與收合過程相反,當需要將收合的推車展開時,如圖17a和17b所示,則可以操作第一操作件710,使得第一操作件710通過第一牽引件帶動第一滑塊740向靠近推手本體121的方向,即第一方向D1滑動。同時,第一滑塊740通過第二抵推部741抵推鎖合銷730上的第一抵推部732,使得鎖合銷730也沿著第一方向D1滑動至脫離第二鎖合槽1503b,收合鎖定機構700釋鎖,解除推車於收合狀態的鎖定。此時可以提拉推手架120,帶動樞轉軸97向上移動。樞轉軸97則帶動第一連杆1510相對樞轉軸97沿逆時針轉動,沿著圖17a中的第五方向D5樞轉,使得第一活動凸15111也沿著導向槽2222從第二端2222d滑動至第一端2222c,同時,第一連杆1510通過驅動槽1513和第二活動凸15231的配合(參見圖14)帶動第二連杆1520繞第一連接軸95沿順時針方向轉動,即沿第四方向D4轉動。第二連杆1520轉動過程中也帶動與之樞接的第一背靠架410和背靠管450連同整個背靠組件400向遠離座椅組件200的方向樞轉展開,如圖14所示。此時,滑槽1403和第一鎖合槽1503a對正,可以放開第一操作件710,使得第一滑塊740在滑塊復位件(附圖未示出)的作用下向第一方向D1的反方向移動至鎖合銷730重新插設於第一鎖合槽1503a內,推車被鎖定於展開狀態。Conversely, when the folded trolley needs to be unfolded, as shown in Figures 17a and 17b, the first operating member 710 can be operated. This causes the first operating member 710 to slide the first slider 740 towards the pusher body 121, i.e., in the first direction D1, via the first traction member. Simultaneously, the first slider 740 pushes the first abutment 732 on the locking pin 730 via the second abutment 741, causing the locking pin 730 to slide along the first direction D1 until it disengages from the second locking groove 1503b. This releases the folding locking mechanism 700, disengaging the trolley from its folded state. At this point, the pusher frame 120 can be lifted, causing the pivot shaft 97 to move upwards. The pivot shaft 97 drives the first link 1510 to rotate counterclockwise relative to the pivot shaft 97, pivoting along the fifth direction D5 in Figure 17a. This causes the first movable protrusion 15111 to slide along the guide groove 2222 from the second end 2222d to the first end 2222c. At the same time, the first link 1510, through the cooperation of the drive groove 1513 and the second movable protrusion 15231 (see Figure 14), drives the second link 1520 to rotate clockwise around the first connecting shaft 95, that is, to rotate along the fourth direction D4. During the rotation of the second link 1520, it also drives the first backrest frame 410 and backrest tube 450, along with the entire backrest assembly 400, to pivot and unfold away from the seat assembly 200, as shown in Figure 14. At this time, the slide 1403 and the first locking groove 1503a are aligned, and the first operating member 710 can be released, so that the first slider 740 moves in the opposite direction of the first direction D1 under the action of the slider reset member (not shown in the figure) until the locking pin 730 is re-inserted into the first locking groove 1503a, and the trolley is locked in the unfolded state.
本發明第二方面所提出的推車至少具有以下技術效果:The trolley proposed in the second aspect of this invention has at least the following technical effects:
上述推車中,連杆組件1500與車架100、座椅組件200均活動地連接,並且背靠組件400通過該連杆組件1500與座椅組件200活動地連接,當車架100由展開狀態切換至收合狀態時,車架100能夠通過連杆組件1500帶動背靠組件400向靠近座椅組件200的方向收合,整體收合結構較為簡單,使用方便。In the above-mentioned stroller, the linkage assembly 1500 is movably connected to the frame 100 and the seat assembly 200, and the backrest assembly 400 is movably connected to the seat assembly 200 through the linkage assembly 1500. When the frame 100 switches from the unfolded state to the folded state, the frame 100 can drive the backrest assembly 400 to fold towards the seat assembly 200 through the linkage assembly 1500. The overall folding structure is relatively simple and easy to use.
第三方面Third aspect
參見圖18至圖23,特別是圖18、19、25和26,本發明第三方面提供一種載具,該載具可以是兒童載具如兒童推車,其包括車架100、座椅組件200、背靠組件400以及聯動機構500。車架100包括相對設置的兩個側向車架101和102以及推手架120。座椅組件200安裝在兩個側向車架101和102之間,並且被配置成能夠沿車架100的前後方向P、Q相對於側向車架101、102在第一位置和第二位置之間移動。背靠組件400安裝在座椅組件200上,並且被配置成能夠相對於座椅組件200進行角度調整。推手架120樞接在側向車架101、102上並且被配置成當相對於側向車架101、102樞轉時驅動座椅組件200沿車架100的前後方向P、Q相對於側向車架101、102移動。聯動機構500設置在座椅組件200一側,並且與背靠組件400連接。聯動機構500被配置成使得在座椅組件200處於第一位置和第二位置時背靠組件400相對於座椅組件200的角度調整範圍相同。Referring to Figures 18 to 23, and especially Figures 18, 19, 25, and 26, a third aspect of the present invention provides a vehicle, which may be a child vehicle such as a stroller, comprising a frame 100, a seat assembly 200, a backrest assembly 400, and a linkage mechanism 500. The frame 100 includes two opposing side frames 101 and 102 and a push handle 120. The seat assembly 200 is mounted between the two side frames 101 and 102 and is configured to be movable relative to the side frames 101 and 102 in the longitudinal direction P, Q of the frame 100 between a first position and a second position. The backrest assembly 400 is mounted on the seat assembly 200 and is configured to be angle-adjustable relative to the seat assembly 200. The push arm 120 is hinged to the side frames 101 and 102 and configured to drive the seat assembly 200 to move relative to the side frames 101 and 102 in the longitudinal directions P and Q along the frame 100. A linkage mechanism 500 is disposed on one side of the seat assembly 200 and connected to the backrest assembly 400. The linkage mechanism 500 is configured such that the angle adjustment range of the backrest assembly 400 relative to the seat assembly 200 is the same when the seat assembly 200 is in a first position and a second position.
應該理解,本文所述的背靠組件400相對於座椅組件200的角度調整範圍相同是指在不通過角度調節機構調節背靠組件400相對於座椅組件200的角度的情況下,座椅組件200從第一位置移動到第二位置或者從第二位置移動到第一位置時,背靠組件400相對於座椅組件200的角度在一定範圍內保持基本相同或不變。It should be understood that the same angle adjustment range between the backrest assembly 400 and the seat assembly 200 as described in this article means that when the angle between the backrest assembly 400 and the seat assembly 200 is not adjusted by the angle adjustment mechanism, the angle between the backrest assembly 400 and the seat assembly 200 remains basically the same or unchanged within a certain range when the seat assembly 200 moves from the first position to the second position or from the second position to the first position.
車架100可以包括設置在兩個側向車架101、102上的兩個座管110。座椅組件200可以設置在座管110上。在一些實施例中,側向車架101包括第一前腳支撐杆161和第一後腳支撐杆171。第一前腳支撐杆161和第一後腳支撐杆171相互連接並且與地面形成大致三角形結構。在一些實施例中,側向車架101還包括與第一前腳支撐杆161和/或第一後腳支撐杆171連接的第一扶手杆132,第一扶手杆132大致平行於地面或相對於地面略微傾斜地設置。在一些實施例中,側向車架101還包括輔助架140,輔助架140分別與第一扶手杆132和座椅組件200樞接。在另一些實施例中,輔助架140也可以與第一後腳支撐杆171連接,並且與第一扶手杆132和第一後腳支撐杆171形成大致三角形結構。側向車架102可具有與側向車架101左右對稱設置,例如包括分別與第一前腳支撐杆161、第一後腳支撐杆171、第一扶手杆132和輔助架140左右對稱設置的第二前腳支撐杆162、第二後腳支撐杆172、第二扶手杆133和另一輔助架140。The frame 100 may include two seatposts 110 disposed on two side frames 101, 102. A seat assembly 200 may be disposed on the seatposts 110. In some embodiments, the side frame 101 includes a first foreleg support 161 and a first rear leg support 171. The first foreleg support 161 and the first rear leg support 171 are interconnected and form a generally triangular structure with respect to the ground. In some embodiments, the side frame 101 further includes a first armrest 132 connected to the first foreleg support 161 and/or the first rear leg support 171, the first armrest 132 being disposed generally parallel to the ground or slightly inclined relative to the ground. In some embodiments, the lateral frame 101 also includes an auxiliary frame 140, which is connected to the first armrest 132 and the seat assembly 200, respectively. In other embodiments, the auxiliary frame 140 may also be connected to the first rear foot support 171 and form a generally triangular structure with the first armrest 132 and the first rear foot support 171. The side frame 102 may have a left-right symmetrical arrangement with respect to the side frame 101, such as including a second front support rod 162, a second rear support rod 172, a second handrail 133 and another auxiliary frame 140 respectively arranged symmetrically with respect to the first front support rod 161, the first rear support rod 171, the first handrail 132 and the auxiliary frame 140.
座椅組件200可以沿車架100的前後方向P、Q可移動地(例如,可滑動地)設置在座管110上。在一些實施例中,座椅組件200包括活動架220和設置在活動架220上的座椅架230,活動架220沿車架100的前後方向P、Q可移動地(例如,可滑動地)地設置在座管110上。在一些實施例中,活動架220包括滑動套筒221(圖21和圖22中可以最佳地看出),滑動套筒221沿車架100的前後方向可滑動地套設在所述座管110上。可以理解,活動架220也可以通過其他方式沿車架100的前後方向可移動地設置在座管110上,例如通過設置滑槽。The seat assembly 200 can be movably (e.g., slidably) mounted on the seatpost 110 along the longitudinal directions P and Q of the frame 100. In some embodiments, the seat assembly 200 includes a movable frame 220 and a seat bracket 230 mounted on the movable frame 220, the movable frame 220 being movably (e.g., slidably) mounted on the seatpost 110 along the longitudinal directions P and Q of the frame 100. In some embodiments, the movable frame 220 includes a sliding sleeve 221 (best seen in Figures 21 and 22), the sliding sleeve 221 being slidably fitted onto the seatpost 110 along the longitudinal direction of the frame 100. It is understood that the movable frame 220 can also be movably mounted on the seatpost 110 along the longitudinal direction of the frame 100 in other ways, such as by providing a groove.
背靠組件400可包括用於支撐背靠板(未示出)的背靠管450。背靠組件400可通過背靠管450安裝在座椅組件200上。在一些實施例中,背靠管450的底部樞接至活動架220,從而可使背靠管450的底部隨活動架220相對於座管110進行滑動。參見圖20和圖25,在一些實施例中,背靠組件400包括束帶430(為了清楚起見,其他圖中的束帶已省略,例如圖18和圖19中未示出束帶,但圖18和圖19的嬰兒車可類似於圖25設置束帶),束帶430的兩個端部分別連接至兩個側向車架101、102,背靠管450的中上部支撐在束帶430上。The backrest assembly 400 may include a backrest tube 450 for supporting a backrest panel (not shown). The backrest assembly 400 may be mounted on the seat assembly 200 via the backrest tube 450. In some embodiments, the bottom of the backrest tube 450 is hinged to a movable frame 220, thereby allowing the bottom of the backrest tube 450 to slide relative to the seat post 110 with the movable frame 220. Referring to Figures 20 and 25, in some embodiments, the backrest assembly 400 includes a strap 430 (for clarity, the straps in other figures are omitted, for example, the straps are not shown in Figures 18 and 19, but the strollers in Figures 18 and 19 may be similar to those in Figure 25 with straps), the two ends of the strap 430 are respectively connected to the two side frames 101, 102, and the upper middle part of the backrest tube 450 is supported on the strap 430.
推手架120可相對於側向車架101、102樞轉,從而使嬰兒車10在第一使用狀態(例如:正向使用狀態,可參見圖18)和第二使用狀態(例如:反向使用狀態,可參見圖19)之間切換。推手架120可以設置在側向車架101、102的外側,並且與側向車架101、102樞接。在一些實施例中,推手架120與側向車架101、102的輔助架140樞接。在一些實施例中,推手架120通過樞接軸630(可參見圖21)與側向車架101、102(例如,輔助架140)樞接。樞接軸630可穿設在側向車架101、102(例如,輔助架140)中。在其他實施例中,第一使用狀態也可以為反向使用狀態,第二使用狀態也可以為正向使用狀態,不限於此。The push handle 120 is pivotable relative to the side frames 101 and 102, thereby allowing the stroller 10 to switch between a first use state (e.g., forward-facing use state, see Figure 18) and a second use state (e.g., rear-facing use state, see Figure 19). The push handle 120 may be located outside and pivoted to the side frames 101 and 102. In some embodiments, the push handle 120 is pivoted to the auxiliary frame 140 of the side frames 101 and 102. In some embodiments, the push handle 120 is pivoted to the side frames 101 and 102 (e.g., auxiliary frame 140) via a pivot shaft 630 (see Figure 21). The connecting shaft 630 can be inserted into the side frames 101, 102 (e.g., auxiliary frame 140). In other embodiments, the first use state can also be the reverse use state, and the second use state can also be the forward use state, and it is not limited thereto.
如圖20所示,推手架120可以通過驅動組件600與座椅組件200連接,例如與座椅組件200的活動架220連接。驅動組件600可以被配置成將推手架120相對於側向車架101、102的樞轉轉化成座椅組件200沿車架100的前後方向的移動,例如將推手架120相對於側向車架101、102的樞轉轉化成活動架220沿車架100的前後方向相對於座管110的移動(例如,滑動)。As shown in Figure 20, the pusher arm 120 can be connected to the seat assembly 200 via a drive assembly 600, for example, to the movable frame 220 of the seat assembly 200. The drive assembly 600 can be configured to convert the pivoting of the pusher arm 120 relative to the lateral frames 101, 102 into movement of the seat assembly 200 in the longitudinal direction of the frame 100, for example, converting the pivoting of the pusher arm 120 relative to the lateral frames 101, 102 into movement (e.g., sliding) of the movable frame 220 in the longitudinal direction of the frame 100 relative to the seat post 110.
在一些實施例中,驅動組件600設置在側向車架101、102的內側。在一些實施例中,參見圖20和圖21,推手架120通過穿設於側向車架101、102的銷軸630與驅動組件600連接。在一些實施例中,驅動組件600為連杆機構。In some embodiments, the drive assembly 600 is disposed inside the side frames 101, 102. In some embodiments, referring to Figures 20 and 21, the pusher arm 120 is connected to the drive assembly 600 via a pin 630 passing through the side frames 101, 102. In some embodiments, the drive assembly 600 is a linkage mechanism.
在一些實施例中,如圖20至圖24所示,驅動組件600包括設置在活動架220遠離側向車架101、102的一側的第一驅動杆610和第二驅動杆620。第一驅動杆610的第一端通過銷軸630與推手架120連接,具體地,樞接軸630的一端固定連接至推手架120,樞接軸630的另一端穿過側向車架101或102(例如穿過輔助架140)和座管110與第一驅動杆610的第一端固定連接。例如,推手架120和第一驅動杆610的第一端上可以設置有方形孔,樞接軸630的兩端可以為方形結構並且可卡設在所述方形孔中,從而實現樞接軸630與推手架120和第一驅動杆610的第一端的固定連接,但本發明不限於此,例如樞接軸630可以根據本發明第一方面參考圖3和圖4所描述的連接方式與推手架120和第一驅動杆610等部件連接。第一驅動杆610的第二端與第二驅動杆620的第一端樞接。例如,另一樞接軸(未示出)可穿過第一驅動杆610的第二端與第二驅動杆620的第一端,以使第一驅動杆的第二端與第二驅動杆的第一端樞接並可相對於活動架220樞轉。背靠管450也可通過樞接軸與活動架220樞接,並且當活動架220沿車架100的前後方向P、Q移動時,背靠管450可隨活動架220同步移動。第二驅動杆620的第二端與座椅組件200連接,例如與活動架220連接。當推手架120相對於側向車架101、102樞轉時,推手架120能夠通過樞接軸630帶動第一驅動杆610轉動,並通過第二驅動杆620驅動座椅組件200沿車架100的前後方向的移動,例如驅動活動架220沿車架100的前後方向相對於座管110移動(例如,滑動)。可以理解,以上描述僅為驅動組件600的示例,驅動組件600也可以採用其他配置,例如第一驅動杆610和第二驅動杆620可以設置在側向車架101、102和座管110之間,例如驅動杆的數量可以進行變化,又例如還可以採用非連杆機構的其他驅動機構。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 20 to 24, the drive assembly 600 includes a first drive rod 610 and a second drive rod 620 disposed on the side of the movable frame 220 away from the lateral frames 101 and 102. The first end of the first drive rod 610 is connected to the pusher frame 120 via a pin 630. Specifically, one end of the pivot 630 is fixedly connected to the pusher frame 120, and the other end of the pivot 630 passes through the lateral frames 101 or 102 (e.g., through the auxiliary frame 140) and the seat tube 110 and is fixedly connected to the first end of the first drive rod 610. For example, square holes can be provided on the first ends of the pusher frame 120 and the first drive rod 610, and the two ends of the connecting shaft 630 can be square structures and can be locked in the square holes, thereby realizing the fixed connection between the connecting shaft 630 and the first ends of the pusher frame 120 and the first drive rod 610. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the connecting shaft 630 can be connected to components such as the pusher frame 120 and the first drive rod 610 according to the connection method described with reference to Figures 3 and 4 in the first aspect of the present invention. The second end of the first drive rod 610 is connected to the first end of the second drive rod 620. For example, another hinge (not shown) may pass through the second end of the first drive rod 610 and the first end of the second drive rod 620, so that the second end of the first drive rod is hinged to the first end of the second drive rod and can pivot relative to the movable frame 220. The backrest tube 450 may also be hinged to the movable frame 220 via a hinge, and the backrest tube 450 may move synchronously with the movable frame 220 when the movable frame 220 moves in the longitudinal directions P and Q of the frame 100. The second end of the second drive rod 620 is connected to the seat assembly 200, for example, to the movable frame 220. When the pusher arm 120 pivots relative to the lateral frames 101 and 102, the pusher arm 120 can drive the first drive rod 610 to rotate via the pivot shaft 630, and drive the seat assembly 200 to move along the front-rear direction of the frame 100 via the second drive rod 620, for example, driving the movable frame 220 to move relative to the seat post 110 in the front-rear direction of the frame 100 (e.g., sliding). It is understood that the above description is only an example of the drive assembly 600. The drive assembly 600 can also adopt other configurations. For example, the first drive lever 610 and the second drive lever 620 can be set between the side frames 101, 102 and the seat tube 110. For example, the number of drive levers can be varied. For example, other drive mechanisms without linkages can also be adopted.
請參閱圖18和圖19,在本發明所提供的嬰兒車中,當使用者轉動推手架120時,推手架120通過驅動組件600驅動活動架220沿車架100的前後方向相對於座管110移動,此時背靠管450的底部會隨著活動架220同步移動,從而導致背靠管450相對於座椅組件200的角度變化。Please refer to Figures 18 and 19. In the stroller provided by this invention, when the user rotates the pusher arm 120, the pusher arm 120 drives the movable frame 220 to move relative to the seat post 110 in the front-rear direction of the frame 100 via the drive assembly 600. At this time, the bottom of the backrest tube 450 moves synchronously with the movable frame 220, thereby causing the angle of the backrest tube 450 relative to the seat assembly 200 to change.
本發明第三方面提供聯動機構500,聯動機構500可以被配置成當推手架120相對於側向車架101、102樞轉時,使得背靠組件400在不改變其相對於座椅組件200的角度的情況下沿車架100的前後方向相對於側向車架101、102移動。具體地,聯動機構500一方面可以與推手架120或座椅組件200連接,另一方面可以與背靠組件400的束帶430連接,以使得當推手架120相對於側向車架101、102樞轉時,通過束帶430帶動背靠管450的中上部與背靠管450的底部同步移動,也即使得背靠管450與活動架220沿車架的前後方向同步移動而不相對於活動架220樞轉。應當理解,本文所述的背靠管450的中上部是相對於背靠管450的底部而言的,是指距離背靠管450的底部一定距離處的位置,通過背靠管450的底部與活動架220樞接及背靠管450的中部與束帶430配合來共同支撐背靠組件400。The third aspect of the invention provides a linkage mechanism 500, which can be configured such that when the pusher arm 120 rotates relative to the side frames 101 and 102, the backrest assembly 400 moves relative to the side frames 101 and 102 along the front-rear direction of the frame 100 without changing its angle relative to the seat assembly 200. Specifically, the linkage mechanism 500 can be connected to the pusher frame 120 or the seat assembly 200 on the one hand, and to the strap 430 of the backrest assembly 400 on the other hand, so that when the pusher frame 120 rotates relative to the lateral frames 101 and 102, the upper middle part and the bottom of the backrest tube 450 are moved synchronously through the strap 430, so that the backrest tube 450 and the movable frame 220 move synchronously in the front-rear direction of the frame without rotating relative to the movable frame 220. It should be understood that the upper middle part of the backrest tube 450 mentioned in this article is relative to the bottom of the backrest tube 450, and refers to the position at a certain distance from the bottom of the backrest tube 450. The backrest assembly 400 is supported by the bottom of the backrest tube 450 connecting with the movable frame 220 and the middle part of the backrest tube 450 cooperating with the strap 430.
以下結合第一實施方式、第二實施方式和第三實施方式詳細說明本發明的聯動機構500。The following describes in detail the connecting mechanism 500 of the present invention in conjunction with the first, second and third embodiments.
請參見圖18-圖24,在第一實施方式中,聯動機構500分別與座椅組件200(例如,活動架220)和束帶430的端部連接,並且被配置成當座椅組件200沿車架100前後方向的移動時帶動束帶430的端部與座椅組件200同步移動,由於背靠管450的中上部支撐在束帶430上,從而使得背靠管450的中上部和底部均隨座椅組件200同步移動,而不會改變背靠管450與座椅組件200之間的角度。Please refer to Figures 18-24. In the first embodiment, the linkage mechanism 500 is connected to the ends of the seat assembly 200 (e.g., the movable frame 220) and the strap 430, respectively, and is configured to drive the ends of the strap 430 to move synchronously with the seat assembly 200 when the seat assembly 200 moves along the front-rear direction of the frame 100. Since the upper middle part of the backrest tube 450 is supported on the strap 430, the upper middle part and the bottom of the backrest tube 450 move synchronously with the seat assembly 200 without changing the angle between the backrest tube 450 and the seat assembly 200.
參見圖20-圖24,聯動機構500可以包括聯動杆510。聯動杆510的第一端連接到座椅組件200,例如連接到活動架220。聯動杆510的第二端相對於車架100沿前後方向可移動地安裝至側向車架101、102,並且與束帶430的端部固定連接,以使得當座椅組件200沿車架100的前後方向相對於側向車架101、102移動時,聯動杆510的第一端帶動聯動杆510的第二端並因此帶動束帶430的端部沿前後方向P、Q移動,從而帶動背靠管450的中上部沿前後方向P、Q移動。這樣,當座椅組件200沿車架100的前後方向相對於側向車架101、102移動時,背靠管450的中上部與背靠管450的底部能夠同步移動,從而不會相對於座椅組件200樞轉而改變其相對於座椅組件200的角度。Referring to Figures 20-24, the linkage mechanism 500 may include a linkage rod 510. A first end of the linkage rod 510 is connected to the seat assembly 200, for example, to the movable frame 220. A second end of the linkage rod 510 is movably mounted relative to the frame 100 in the rear-rear direction to the side frames 101, 102, and is fixedly connected to the end of the strap 430, such that when the seat assembly 200 moves relative to the side frames 101, 102 in the rear-rear direction of the frame 100, the first end of the linkage rod 510 drives the second end of the linkage rod 510, and thus drives the end of the strap 430 to move in the rear-rear directions P, Q, thereby driving the upper middle portion of the backrest tube 450 to move in the rear-rear directions P, Q. In this way, when the seat assembly 200 moves relative to the lateral frames 101 and 102 in the front-rear direction along the frame 100, the upper middle part and the bottom of the backrest tube 450 can move synchronously, so that it will not rotate relative to the seat assembly 200 and change its angle relative to the seat assembly 200.
參見圖21,聯動杆510設置在側向車架101、102和座椅組件200之間,例如設置在側向車架101、102和活動架220之間。具體地,側向車架101、102上設置有沿車架的前後方向P、Q延伸的第一滑槽1303,聯動杆510的第二端可滑動地安裝到第一滑槽1303。更進一步地,第一滑槽1303設置在扶手杆132、133上。在一些實施例中,第一滑槽1303的長度與座椅組件200從其第一位置移動到第二位置時所移動的距離相同。可以理解,第一滑槽1303的長度與座椅組件200從其第一位置移動到第二位置時所移動的距離也可以不相同,例如第一滑槽1303的長度大於該距離。Referring to Figure 21, the linkage 510 is disposed between the side frames 101, 102 and the seat assembly 200, for example, between the side frames 101, 102 and the movable frame 220. Specifically, the side frames 101, 102 are provided with first grooves 1303 extending along the front-rear directions P, Q of the frame, and the second end of the linkage 510 is slidably mounted to the first groove 1303. Furthermore, the first groove 1303 is disposed on the armrests 132, 133. In some embodiments, the length of the first groove 1303 is the same as the distance the seat assembly 200 moves from its first position to its second position. It is understandable that the length of the first slide 1303 may not be the same as the distance the seat assembly 200 moves from its first position to its second position. For example, the length of the first slide 1303 may be greater than that distance.
如圖21至圖24所示,聯動杆510的第一端連接至活動架220,具體地,聯動杆510的第一端面向活動架220的一側設置有第一突出部512,活動架220設置有用於接納第一突出部512的凹槽或通孔214(參見圖22和圖24),第一突出部512與凹槽或通孔214相配合從而使聯動杆510與活動架220連接。在一些實施例中,活動架220上設置有用於接納第一突出部512的通孔214,從所述通孔214向遠離聯動杆510的方向延伸出第二突出部212(參見圖24),所述第一突出部512穿設於所述第二突出部212中。在一些實施例中,參見圖23和圖24,活動架220面向聯動杆510的一側可設置有凹部213,與凹槽或通孔214的位置相對應,聯動杆510的第一端可接納於凹部213中,凹部213可限制聯動杆510的第一端相對於活動架220逆時針轉動。在一些實施例中,聯動機構500還包括彈性件520(例如,扭簧),彈性件520的一端環設在所述第二突出部212外圍,彈性件520的另一端鉤掛在聯動杆510遠離活動架220的一側,從而可以限制聯動杆510的第一端相對於活動架220順時針轉動。具體地,當推手架120從第一使用狀態(參見圖18)向第二使用狀態(參見圖19)樞轉時,凹部213可限制聯動杆510的第一端的逆時針轉動,從而可帶動聯動杆510的第二端同第一端一起沿第一方向P滑動(參見圖24);而當推手架120從第二使用狀態(參見圖19)向第一使用狀態(參見圖18)樞轉時,彈性件520可限制聯動杆510的第一端的順時針轉動,從而可帶動聯動杆510的第二端同第一端一起沿第二方向Q滑動(參見圖24)。As shown in Figures 21 to 24, the first end of the linkage 510 is connected to the movable frame 220. Specifically, a first protrusion 512 is provided on the side of the first end of the linkage 510 facing the movable frame 220. The movable frame 220 is provided with a groove or through hole 214 for receiving the first protrusion 512 (see Figures 22 and 24). The first protrusion 512 cooperates with the groove or through hole 214 to connect the linkage 510 to the movable frame 220. In some embodiments, the movable frame 220 is provided with a through hole 214 for receiving the first protrusion 512, and a second protrusion 212 extends from the through hole 214 in a direction away from the linkage 510 (see Figure 24). The first protrusion 512 passes through the second protrusion 212. In some embodiments, referring to Figures 23 and 24, the movable frame 220 may have a recess 213 on the side facing the linkage 510, corresponding to the position of the groove or through hole 214. The first end of the linkage 510 may be received in the recess 213, which may restrict the first end of the linkage 510 from rotating counterclockwise relative to the movable frame 220. In some embodiments, the linkage mechanism 500 further includes an elastic element 520 (e.g., a torsion spring), one end of which is encircled around the second protrusion 212, and the other end of which is hooked onto the side of the linkage 510 away from the movable frame 220, thereby restricting the first end of the linkage 510 from rotating clockwise relative to the movable frame 220. Specifically, when the pusher frame 120 rotates from the first use state (see Figure 18) to the second use state (see Figure 19), the recess 213 can restrict the counterclockwise rotation of the first end of the linkage rod 510, thereby driving the second end of the linkage rod 510 to slide together with the first end in the first direction P (see Figure 24); while when the pusher frame 120 rotates from the second use state (see Figure 19) to the first use state (see Figure 18), the elastic member 520 can restrict the clockwise rotation of the first end of the linkage rod 510, thereby driving the second end of the linkage rod 510 to slide together with the first end in the second direction Q (see Figure 24).
活動架220可包括滑動套筒221和安裝部224。滑動套筒221套設於座管110外且能沿座管110移動。安裝部224設置於滑動套筒221的上側。凹槽或通孔214、凹部213和第二突出部212均可設置在安裝部224上。The movable frame 220 may include a sliding sleeve 221 and a mounting portion 224. The sliding sleeve 221 is sleeved on the outside of the seat tube 110 and can move along the seat tube 110. The mounting portion 224 is provided on the upper side of the sliding sleeve 221. A groove or through hole 214, a recess 213, and a second protrusion 212 may all be provided on the mounting portion 224.
在本發明提供的第一實施方式中,當使用者轉動推手架120以在第一使用狀態(可參見圖18)和第二使用狀態(可參見圖19)之間切換時,推手架120通過驅動組件600驅動座椅組件200的活動架220在座管110上沿車架100的前後方向移動(例如,滑動),背靠組件400的背靠管450的底部隨活動架220沿車架100的前後方向移動,同時活動架220帶動聯動杆510整體(即第一端和第二端)沿車架100的前後方向移動,從而帶動束帶430的端部並因此帶動背靠管450的中上部也隨座椅組件200沿車架100的前後方向移動。如此,背靠管450的中上部和背靠管450的底部均隨著座椅組件200同步移動,從而不會改變背靠組件400相對於座椅組件200的角度。In the first embodiment provided by the present invention, when the user rotates the pusher arm 120 to switch between a first use state (see FIG. 18) and a second use state (see FIG. 19), the pusher arm 120 drives the movable frame 220 of the seat assembly 200 to move (e.g., slide) along the front-rear direction of the frame 100 on the seat tube 110 via the drive assembly 600. The bottom of the backrest tube 450 of the backrest assembly 400 moves along the front-rear direction of the frame 100 with the movable frame 220. At the same time, the movable frame 220 drives the entire linkage 510 (i.e., the first end and the second end) to move along the front-rear direction of the frame 100, thereby driving the end of the strap 430 and thus the upper middle part of the backrest tube 450 to move along the front-rear direction of the frame 100 with the seat assembly 200. In this way, the upper middle part and the bottom of the backrest tube 450 move synchronously with the seat assembly 200, so as not to change the angle of the backrest assembly 400 relative to the seat assembly 200.
參見圖25至圖32,在第二實施方式中,聯動機構500分別與推手架120和束帶430的端部連接,並且被配置成當推手架120相對於車架100樞轉時使得束帶430的端部與座椅組件200同步移動。Referring to Figures 25 to 32, in the second embodiment, the linkage mechanism 500 is connected to the ends of the pusher arm 120 and the harness 430, respectively, and is configured to cause the ends of the harness 430 to move synchronously with the seat assembly 200 when the pusher arm 120 pivots relative to the frame 100.
具體地,參見圖27和圖28,聯動機構500包括傳動組件530和滑動件540。滑動件540沿車架100的前後方向P、Q可滑動地設置在側向車架101、102,並且與束帶430的端部連接。傳動組件530分別與穿設於側向車架101、102(例如輔助架140)的樞接軸630和滑動件540連接。傳動組件530被配置成將推手架120相對於側向車架101、102的樞轉(即,樞接軸630的轉動)轉化成滑動件540沿車架100的前後方向的滑動,以帶動束帶430的端部以及因此帶動背靠管450的中上部與背靠管450的底部同步移動。Specifically, referring to Figures 27 and 28, the linkage mechanism 500 includes a transmission component 530 and a sliding component 540. The sliding component 540 is slidably disposed on the side frames 101 and 102 along the longitudinal directions P and Q of the frame 100 and is connected to the end of the strap 430. The transmission component 530 is connected to the pivot shaft 630 and the sliding component 540 respectively, which are disposed in the side frames 101 and 102 (e.g., auxiliary frame 140). The transmission assembly 530 is configured to convert the pivot of the pusher arm 120 relative to the lateral frames 101, 102 (i.e., the rotation of the pivot shaft 630) into the sliding of the slide member 540 along the front-rear direction of the frame 100, so as to drive the end of the strap 430 and thus drive the upper middle part of the backrest tube 450 and the bottom of the backrest tube 450 to move synchronously.
具體地,傳動組件530可以包括聯動齒輪531、一個或多個從動齒輪532和輸出齒輪533。聯動齒輪531可通過牽引件550和驅動輪560與樞接軸630連接。具體地,驅動輪560固定連接到樞接軸630,並且能夠隨樞接軸630旋轉,例如驅動輪560可以套設在樞接軸630上。參見圖28,牽引件550分別與驅動輪560和聯動齒輪531連接,驅動輪560轉動時能夠通過牽引件550帶動聯動齒輪531轉動。例如,牽引件550可以是線纜,線纜的一端固定在聯動齒輪531的第一位置,線纜的另一端延伸至驅動輪560並繞過驅動輪560後延伸回聯動齒輪531並固定在與該第一位置相對的第二位置,線纜繞設在驅動輪560上的部分也固定至驅動輪560的某一位置(例如:圖28所示的位置R處),當驅動輪560轉動時,驅動輪560和聯動齒輪531兩側的線纜部分的長度發生變化,從而使得聯動齒輪531也發生轉動。聯動齒輪531與一個或多個從動齒輪532嚙合,一個或多個從動齒輪532又與輸出齒輪533嚙合,輸出齒輪533又與滑動件540嚙合,從而使得聯動齒輪531的轉動能夠帶動滑動件540沿車架100的前後方向移動。滑動件540上可設置有齒牙541(參見圖29),以便於與輸出齒輪533嚙合。由於樞接軸630的轉動角度較小,通過設置一個或多個從動齒輪532,並且使得從動齒輪532的齒牙小於聯動齒輪531的齒牙,可以將聯動齒輪531的較小角度的轉動放大成輸出齒輪533的較大角度的轉動,以使滑動件540可以移動較大距離。應當理解,以上詳細描述僅為示例,本領域技術人員可以對其進行若干調整、變化和改進,例如驅動輪560可以省略,牽引件550可以分別與樞接軸630和聯動齒輪531連接,樞接軸630轉動時能夠通過牽引件550帶動聯動齒輪531轉動。例如,在適當的情況下,可以省略一個或多個從動齒輪532或輸出齒輪533,聯動齒輪531可以與滑動件540直接嚙合。又例如,從動齒輪532的數量可以根據實際情況進行調整。Specifically, the transmission component 530 may include a coupling gear 531, one or more driven gears 532, and an output gear 533. The coupling gear 531 may be connected to the pivot shaft 630 via a traction member 550 and a drive wheel 560. Specifically, the drive wheel 560 is fixedly connected to the pivot shaft 630 and can rotate with the pivot shaft 630; for example, the drive wheel 560 may be sleeved on the pivot shaft 630. Referring to Figure 28, the traction member 550 is connected to both the drive wheel 560 and the coupling gear 531. When the drive wheel 560 rotates, it can drive the coupling gear 531 to rotate via the traction member 550. For example, the traction member 550 can be a cable, with one end of the cable fixed at a first position on the linkage gear 531, and the other end of the cable extending to the drive wheel 560, passing over the drive wheel 560, and extending back to the linkage gear 531 and fixed at a second position opposite to the first position. The portion of the cable wound on the drive wheel 560 is also fixed to a certain position on the drive wheel 560 (e.g., position R as shown in Figure 28). When the drive wheel 560 rotates, the lengths of the cable portions on both sides of the drive wheel 560 and the linkage gear 531 change, thereby causing the linkage gear 531 to rotate as well. The linkage gear 531 meshes with one or more driven gears 532, which in turn mesh with the output gear 533. The output gear 533 meshes with the sliding member 540, thereby enabling the rotation of the linkage gear 531 to drive the sliding member 540 to move along the front-rear direction of the frame 100. The sliding member 540 may be provided with teeth 541 (see Figure 29) to facilitate meshing with the output gear 533. Since the rotation angle of the pivot shaft 630 is small, by setting one or more driven gears 532 and making the teeth of the driven gears 532 smaller than the teeth of the coupling gears 531, the small angle of rotation of the coupling gears 531 can be amplified into a larger angle of rotation of the output gears 533, so that the slider 540 can move a larger distance. It should be understood that the above detailed description is merely an example, and those skilled in the art can make several adjustments, changes, and improvements. For example, the drive wheel 560 can be omitted, and the traction member 550 can be connected to the pivot shaft 630 and the coupling gear 531 respectively. When the pivot shaft 630 rotates, it can drive the coupling gear 531 to rotate through the traction member 550. For example, in appropriate cases, one or more driven gears 532 or output gears 533 can be omitted, and the coupling gear 531 can directly mesh with the sliding member 540. As another example, the number of driven gears 532 can be adjusted according to the actual situation.
在一些實施例中,聯動機構500設置在側向車架101、102的內部,從而使得使用者肉眼看不到聯動機構500。在一些實施例中,側向車架101、102內具有一個或多個空腔,傳動組件530、滑動件540、牽引件550和驅動輪560均設置於側向車架101、102的一個或多個空腔內。In some embodiments, the linkage mechanism 500 is disposed inside the side frames 101, 102, so that the linkage mechanism 500 is not visible to the user. In some embodiments, the side frames 101, 102 have one or more cavities, and the transmission assembly 530, the sliding member 540, the traction member 550 and the drive wheel 560 are all disposed within one or more cavities of the side frames 101, 102.
在一些實施例中,傳動組件530(包括聯動齒輪531、一個或多個從動齒輪532和輸出齒輪533)和滑動件540均設置在扶手杆132、133內的空腔中。驅動輪560設置在輔助架140的空腔中,並通過牽引件550與聯動齒輪531連接。In some embodiments, the transmission assembly 530 (including the coupling gear 531, one or more driven gears 532, and output gear 533) and the sliding member 540 are both disposed in the cavities within the handrails 132 and 133. The drive wheel 560 is disposed in the cavity of the auxiliary frame 140 and is connected to the coupling gear 531 via the traction member 550.
如圖30-32所示,滑動件540可以包括滑動部543和連接部542,齒牙541可以設置在連接部542上。連接部542用於與輸出齒輪533嚙合。當聯動齒輪531旋轉時,可通過從動齒輪532和輸出齒輪533帶動連接部542並因此帶動滑動部543沿車架100的前後方向滑動。As shown in Figures 30-32, the sliding member 540 may include a sliding portion 543 and a connecting portion 542, and a tooth 541 may be disposed on the connecting portion 542. The connecting portion 542 is used to mesh with the output gear 533. When the driving gear 531 rotates, the driven gear 532 and the output gear 533 can drive the connecting portion 542, and thus drive the sliding portion 543 to slide in the front-rear direction of the frame 100.
如圖29至圖32所示,兒童推車還包括設置在扶手杆132、133內的空腔中的安裝座1700。安裝座1700包括殼體1710,殼體1710的內壁上設置有擋板1711,該擋板1711將殼體1710分成第一容置空間1710A和第二容置空間1710B。滑動件540的滑動部543可設置於第一容置空間1710A中並且可滑動地設置在擋板1711上。參見圖30,擋板1711的兩側可設置有第一限位部1712和第二限位部1713,用於限制滑動部543的滑動極限位置。第一限位部1712和第二限位部1713之間沿車架100的前後方向的距離可以與座椅組件200在其第一位置和第二位置之間沿車架100的前後方向移動的距離相同。聯動齒輪531、一個或多個從動齒輪532和輸出齒輪533可設置於第二容置空間1710B中,其中的至少一個與滑動件540的連接部542嚙合。擋板1711的內壁在第二容置空間1710B中可設置有一個或多個突起部(如圖31),用於安裝聯動齒輪531、一個或多個從動齒輪532和輸出齒輪533。As shown in Figures 29 to 32, the stroller also includes a mounting base 1700 disposed in the cavities within the armrests 132 and 133. The mounting base 1700 includes a shell 1710, and a baffle 1711 is disposed on the inner wall of the shell 1710, dividing the shell 1710 into a first accommodating space 1710A and a second accommodating space 1710B. The sliding portion 543 of the slider 540 can be disposed in the first accommodating space 1710A and slidably disposed on the baffle 1711. Referring to Figure 30, a first limiting portion 1712 and a second limiting portion 1713 can be provided on both sides of the baffle 1711 to limit the extreme sliding position of the sliding portion 543. The distance between the first limiting portion 1712 and the second limiting portion 1713 along the front-rear direction of the frame 100 can be the same as the distance the seat assembly 200 moves along the front-rear direction of the frame 100 between its first and second positions. A linkage gear 531, one or more driven gears 532, and an output gear 533 can be disposed in the second receiving space 1710B, at least one of which engages with the connecting portion 542 of the slide member 540. The inner wall of the baffle 1711 can be provided with one or more protrusions (as shown in FIG. 31) in the second receiving space 1710B for mounting the linkage gear 531, one or more driven gears 532, and the output gear 533.
如圖30至圖32所示,安裝座1700還可包括蓋體1720,蓋體1720可以安裝到殼體1710,並且與殼體1710共同限定第二容置空間1710B。聯動齒輪531、一個或多個從動齒輪532和輸出齒輪533可設置在蓋體1720和殼體1710之間。滑動件540的連接部542的一端設置有齒牙541,並且可跨過蓋體1720的上端並在蓋體1720的外側延伸。蓋體1720的外側可設置有開口1722(參見圖31),聯動齒輪531、一個或多個從動齒輪532或輸出齒輪533可通過該開口1722與滑動件540的連接部542嚙合。As shown in Figures 30 to 32, the mounting base 1700 may further include a cover 1720, which can be mounted to the housing 1710 and together with the housing 1710 defines a second receiving space 1710B. A linkage gear 531, one or more driven gears 532, and an output gear 533 may be disposed between the cover 1720 and the housing 1710. One end of the connecting portion 542 of the slider 540 is provided with teeth 541 and can extend across the upper end of the cover 1720 and outward from the cover 1720. An opening 1722 (see Figure 31) may be provided on the outer side of the cover 1720, through which the linkage gear 531, one or more driven gears 532 or output gears 533 can engage with the connecting part 542 of the sliding member 540.
具體地,如圖31所示,蓋體1720的外側可設置有臺階1721,滑動件540的連接部542的一端設置有齒牙541,並可延伸至臺階1721。臺階1721上可設置有開口,聯動齒輪531、一個或多個從動齒輪532或輸出齒輪533的齒牙可該開口1722中伸出,以與滑動件540的齒牙541嚙合。Specifically, as shown in Figure 31, a step 1721 may be provided on the outer side of the cover 1720, and one end of the connecting portion 542 of the slider 540 is provided with teeth 541, which can extend to the step 1721. An opening may be provided on the step 1721, through which the teeth of the driving gear 531, one or more driven gears 532 or output gears 533 can extend to mesh with the teeth 541 of the slider 540.
在一些實施例中,請參閱圖25,側向車架101、102(例如,扶手杆132、133)上設置有沿車架100的前後方向P、Q延伸的第二滑槽1304,束帶430的端部可穿過第二滑槽1304與設置於側向車架101、102的空腔內的滑動件540固定連接,束帶430的端部可在第二滑槽1304中滑動。當滑動件540沿車架100的前後方向滑動時,可帶動束帶430的端部在第二滑槽1304中沿車架100的前後方向移動。第二滑槽1304沿車架100的前後方向的長度可以與座椅組件200在其第一位置和第二位置之間沿車架100的前後方向移動的距離相同。可以理解,在其他實施例中,第二滑槽1304沿車架100的前後方向的長度也可以與座椅組件200在其第一位置和第二位置之間沿車架100的前後方向移動的距離不同,不限於此。In some embodiments, referring to Figure 25, the side frames 101, 102 (e.g., armrests 132, 133) are provided with second grooves 1304 extending along the longitudinal direction P, Q of the frame 100. The end of the strap 430 can pass through the second groove 1304 and be fixedly connected to a sliding member 540 disposed in the cavity of the side frames 101, 102. The end of the strap 430 can slide in the second groove 1304. When the sliding member 540 slides along the longitudinal direction of the frame 100, it can drive the end of the strap 430 to move along the longitudinal direction of the frame 100 in the second groove 1304. The length of the second groove 1304 along the longitudinal direction of the frame 100 can be the same as the distance that the seat assembly 200 moves along the longitudinal direction of the frame 100 between its first and second positions. It is understood that in other embodiments, the length of the second slide 1304 along the front-rear direction of the frame 100 may also differ from the distance by which the seat assembly 200 moves along the front-rear direction of the frame 100 between its first and second positions, and is not limited thereto.
在一些實施例中,參見圖31,滑動件540上可設置有凹槽或通孔544,以便與束帶430的端部連接。In some embodiments, referring to FIG31, the slide 540 may be provided with a groove or through hole 544 for connection with the end of the strap 430.
在本發明提供的第二實施方式中,當使用者轉動推手架120以在第一使用狀態和第二使用狀態之間切換時,樞接軸630隨推手架120轉動,從而帶動驅動輪560轉動。驅動輪560的轉動通過牽引件550帶動聯動齒輪531轉動,從而通過一個或多個從動齒輪532和輸出齒輪533帶動滑動件540滑動,並因此帶動束帶430的端部沿車架100的前後方向移動,並使得背靠管450的上部與背靠管450的底部同步移動,以防止背靠組件400與座椅組件200之間的角度變化。In the second embodiment provided by this invention, when the user rotates the pusher arm 120 to switch between a first and a second use state, the pivot shaft 630 rotates with the pusher arm 120, thereby driving the drive wheel 560 to rotate. The rotation of the drive wheel 560 drives the linkage gear 531 to rotate via the traction member 550, thereby driving the sliding member 540 to slide via one or more driven gears 532 and output gears 533, and thus driving the end of the strap 430 to move along the front-rear direction of the frame 100, and causing the upper part of the backrest tube 450 and the bottom of the backrest tube 450 to move synchronously to prevent changes in the angle between the backrest assembly 400 and the seat assembly 200.
請參閱圖33和圖34,在第三實施方式中,與第一、第二實施方式的區別在於,聯動機構500包括導引件580和連接件590。導引件580附接在車架100上,例如附接在側向車架101、102上,例如附接在側向車架101、102的扶手杆132、133上。束帶430的端部經過所述導引件580後與連接件590連接。連接件590又與座椅組件200連接並且能夠隨座椅組件200沿車架100的前後方向P、Q移動,從而通過束帶430帶動背靠管450隨座椅組件200同步移動。Referring to Figures 33 and 34, the difference between the third embodiment and the first and second embodiments lies in that the linkage mechanism 500 includes a guide 580 and a connector 590. The guide 580 is attached to the frame 100, for example, to the side frames 101 and 102, or to the armrests 132 and 133 of the side frames 101 and 102. The end of the strap 430 passes through the guide 580 and connects to the connector 590. The connector 590 is connected to the seat assembly 200 and can move with the seat assembly 200 in the front-rear directions P and Q along the frame 100, thereby driving the backrest tube 450 to move synchronously with the seat assembly 200 via the strap 430.
導引件580可起到支撐束帶430的端部的作用,從而使得背靠管450可以支撐在束帶430的中間部分上。當座椅組件200沿車架100的前後方向P、Q移動時,通過連接件590使得束帶430的端部移動,從而引起導引件580與背靠管450之間的束帶430的部分的長度的變化,進而引起背靠管450的中上部沿車架100的前後方向P、Q的移動。具體地,當座椅組件200沿P方向向前移動時,會使得導引件580與背靠管450之間的束帶430的部分的長度變短,從而使得背靠管450的中上部向前移動。當座椅組件200沿Q方向向後移動時,會使得導引件580與背靠管450之間的束帶430的部分的長度變長,從而使得背靠管450的中上部向後移動。The guide member 580 supports the end of the strap 430, allowing the backrest tube 450 to be supported on the middle portion of the strap 430. When the seat assembly 200 moves along the longitudinal direction P and Q of the frame 100, the end of the strap 430 moves via the connector 590, causing a change in the length of the portion of the strap 430 between the guide member 580 and the backrest tube 450, which in turn causes the upper middle portion of the backrest tube 450 to move along the longitudinal direction P and Q of the frame 100. Specifically, when the seat assembly 200 moves forward in the P direction, the length of the portion of the strap 430 between the guide member 580 and the backrest tube 450 shortens, causing the upper middle portion of the backrest tube 450 to move forward. When the seat assembly 200 moves backward in the Q direction, the length of the strap 430 between the guide 580 and the backrest tube 450 increases, thereby causing the upper middle part of the backrest tube 450 to move backward.
導引件580被定位為使得束帶430的端部從其經過後,背靠管450的中上部可以支撐在束帶430上。例如,導引件580的位置通常高於背靠管450的底部,例如附接在側向車架101、102上,例如附接在側向車架101、102的扶手杆132、133上。導引件580例如可為光滑的圓柱形杆,從而使得束帶430經過導引件580的部分可以在導引件580上滑動。導引件580又例如為滾輪,以有利於束帶430經過導引件580的部分在其上滑動。可以理解,導引件580不限於此,可以採用其他配置,只要能對經過其的束帶430的部分起到支撐作用且允許經過其的束帶430的部分在其上滑動即可。導引件580的數量可以為一個或多個,具體可根據實際需要設置。在一些實施方式中,連接件590可以為單獨的連接件,例如纜繩,其分別與座椅組件200(例如活動架220或座椅)和束帶430的端部連接。在一些實施方式中,連接件590為束帶430的一部分,或者連接件590可以與束帶430一體成型,換句話說,束帶430的端部可在經過導引件580後直接與座椅組件200連接。可以理解,連接件590不限於此,可以採用其他配置,只要能實現上述功能即可。The guide 580 is positioned such that after the end of the strap 430 passes over it, the upper-middle portion of the backrest tube 450 can be supported on the strap 430. For example, the guide 580 is typically positioned above the bottom of the backrest tube 450, for example, attached to the side frames 101, 102, or to the handlebars 132, 133 of the side frames 101, 102. The guide 580 may be, for example, a smooth cylindrical rod, allowing the portion of the strap 430 passing over the guide 580 to slide on it. The guide 580 may also be, for example, a roller, to facilitate the sliding of the portion of the strap 430 over the guide 580. It is understood that the guide 580 is not limited to this and other configurations can be used, as long as it can support the portion of the strap 430 passing through it and allow the portion of the strap 430 to slide on it. The number of guides 580 can be one or more, depending on actual needs. In some embodiments, the connector 590 can be a separate connector, such as a cable, which connects to both the end of the seat assembly 200 (e.g., the movable frame 220 or the seat) and the end of the strap 430. In some embodiments, the connector 590 is part of the strap 430, or the connector 590 can be integrally formed with the strap 430; in other words, the end of the strap 430 can connect directly to the seat assembly 200 after passing through the guide 580. It is understandable that connector 590 is not limited to this and other configurations can be used, as long as the above functions can be achieved.
在本發明的第三實施方式中,當座椅組件200沿車架100的前後方向移動時,座椅組件200通過連接件590使得束帶430的端部移動,從而引起導引件580與背靠管450之間的束帶430的部分的長度的變化,進而引起背靠管450的中上部沿車架100的前後方向的移動。由於背靠管450的中上部可與背靠管450的底部同步移動,從而防止背靠組件400與座椅組件200之間的角度變化。In the third embodiment of the present invention, when the seat assembly 200 moves along the front-rear direction of the frame 100, the end of the strap 430 moves via the connector 590, thereby causing a change in the length of the portion of the strap 430 between the guide 580 and the backrest tube 450, which in turn causes the upper middle part of the backrest tube 450 to move along the front-rear direction of the frame 100. Since the upper middle part of the backrest tube 450 can move synchronously with the bottom of the backrest tube 450, the angle between the backrest assembly 400 and the seat assembly 200 is prevented from changing.
第四方面Fourth aspect
圖35和圖36示出了根據本發明第四方面提供的一種載具1000的立體圖,該載具1000具有扶手安裝單元300,下文在對載具1000進行描述的同時,將一併對扶手安裝單元300進行說明。Figures 35 and 36 show perspective views of a vehicle 1000 provided according to a fourth aspect of the present invention, the vehicle 1000 having a handrail mounting unit 300, which will be described in conjunction with the following description of the vehicle 1000.
在圖35所示的實施例中,載具1000示例性地以兒童載具如兒童推車為例進行說明。可以理解,在一些替代實施例中,載具1000的類型並不限於兒童推車,其例如可以是兒童餐椅、兒童高腳椅、兒童三輪車等。In the embodiment shown in Figure 35, the vehicle 1000 is illustrated by way of example a child vehicle such as a stroller. It is understood that in some alternative embodiments, the type of vehicle 1000 is not limited to a stroller, but may be, for example, a high chair, a high chair, a tricycle, etc.
參見圖35,該兒童載具1000包括車架100和座椅組件200。車架100可以包括推手架120、扶手架130、前腳支撐架160、後腳支撐架170等。車架100大體呈左右對稱結構。車架100還包括用於安裝座椅組件200的左右對稱設置的兩個座管110。座椅組件200包括安裝在兩個座管110之間的座椅架 230。在一些實施例中,座椅架230可以被軟包包覆,以為兒童提供舒適的座位。扶手架130包括左右對稱設置並位於座椅組件200的上方的兩個扶手杆132、133,由此限定兒童的左右活動範圍。扶手架130還包括扶手本體131,扶手本體131設置在座椅組件200的上方並且橫向地設置,扶手本體131的左右兩端分別通過本發明第四方面提供的扶手安裝單元300與對應的扶手杆132、133可拆卸地連接。參見圖35,當扶手本體131連接在兩個扶手杆132、133之間時,扶手本體131可以限定兒童往前的活動範圍。參見圖36,當扶手本體131與扶手杆132、133分離後,扶手本體131不再限制兒童的向前移動,這樣便於兒童從兒童載具之外乘坐於座椅組件200上或者從座椅組件200離開。Referring to Figure 35, the child vehicle 1000 includes a frame 100 and a seat assembly 200. The frame 100 may include a push-armrest 120, an armrest 130, a front leg support 160, a rear leg support 170, etc. The frame 100 is generally symmetrical. The frame 100 also includes two symmetrically arranged seat posts 110 for mounting the seat assembly 200. The seat assembly 200 includes a seat frame 230 mounted between the two seat posts 110. In some embodiments, the seat frame 230 may be padded to provide a comfortable seat for the child. The armrest 130 includes two symmetrically arranged armrests 132, 133 located above the seat assembly 200, thereby limiting the child's lateral range of motion. The armrest frame 130 also includes an armrest body 131, which is disposed above the seat assembly 200 and arranged horizontally. The left and right ends of the armrest body 131 are detachably connected to corresponding armrest bars 132 and 133 via armrest mounting units 300 provided in the fourth aspect of the invention. Referring to Figure 35, when the armrest body 131 is connected between the two armrest bars 132 and 133, the armrest body 131 can limit the child's forward range of movement. Referring to Figure 36, when the armrest body 131 is separated from the armrest bars 132 and 133, the armrest body 131 no longer restricts the child's forward movement, thus facilitating the child to sit on or leave the seat assembly 200 from outside the child vehicle.
在一些替代實施例中,扶手本體131可以僅一端通過本發明第四方面提供的扶手安裝單元300與對應的扶手杆132、133可拆卸地連接,扶手本體131的另一端與對應的扶手杆132、133可以通過其他合適的結構可拆卸地連接或者不可拆卸地連接(例如樞接)。例如,在一些替代實施例中,扶手本體131的另一端與對應的扶手杆132、133通過樞軸樞接,該樞軸例如垂直於水平面或者相對於水平面傾斜。當扶手本體131的一端與對應的扶手杆132、133分離後,扶手本體131的另一端可以繞樞軸在左右方向上擺動,從而解除對乘坐於座椅組件200上的兒童的約束,兒童即可容易地從座椅組件200離開。In some alternative embodiments, the handrail body 131 may be detachably connected at only one end to the corresponding handrail bar 132, 133 via the handrail mounting unit 300 provided in the fourth aspect of the invention, and the other end of the handrail body 131 may be detachably or non-detachably connected to the corresponding handrail bar 132, 133 via other suitable structures (e.g., hinges). For example, in some alternative embodiments, the other end of the handrail body 131 is hinged to the corresponding handrail bar 132, 133 via a hinge, which may be perpendicular to or inclined relative to the horizontal plane. When one end of the armrest body 131 is separated from the corresponding armrest bars 132 and 133, the other end of the armrest body 131 can swing around the pivot in the left and right directions, thereby relieving the restraint on the child sitting on the seat assembly 200, and the child can easily get off the seat assembly 200.
參見圖35至圖38,本發明第四方面提供的扶手安裝單元300包括第一連接座310、第一磁吸件330、第二連接座320和第二磁吸件348。第一連接座310與扶手杆132、133連接,第二連接座320與扶手本體131連接。當然,在一些替代實施例中,第一連接座310可以與扶手本體131連接,而第二連接座320與扶手杆132、133連接。第一連接座310設置有配卡部327。第一磁吸件330設置於第一連接座310。第二連接座320設置有卡合件341。第二磁吸件348設置於第二連接座320。Referring to Figures 35 to 38, the handrail mounting unit 300 provided in the fourth aspect of the present invention includes a first connecting seat 310, a first magnetic member 330, a second connecting seat 320, and a second magnetic member 348. The first connecting seat 310 is connected to the handrail bars 132 and 133, and the second connecting seat 320 is connected to the handrail body 131. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, the first connecting seat 310 may be connected to the handrail body 131, while the second connecting seat 320 is connected to the handrail bars 132 and 133. The first connecting seat 310 is provided with a latching part 327. The first magnetic member 330 is provided in the first connecting seat 310. The second connecting seat 320 is provided with a locking member 341. The second magnetic member 348 is provided in the second connecting seat 320.
當需要將扶手本體131安裝至扶手杆132、133上時,第一連接座310和第二連接座320通過卡合件341和配卡部327的可拆卸地卡合以及第一磁吸件330和第二磁吸件348的磁性吸附而可拆卸地連接。當需要將扶手本體131從扶手杆132、133取下時,解除卡合件341和配卡部327的卡合後將第一連接座310和第二連接座320分離即可。本發明實施例提供的扶手安裝單元300結構較為簡單,而且卡合件341和配卡部327的卡合以及第一磁吸件330和第二磁吸件348的磁性吸附為第一連接座310和第二連接座320的連接提供了雙保險。When the handrail body 131 needs to be installed onto the handrails 132 and 133, the first connecting seat 310 and the second connecting seat 320 are detachably connected by the detachable engagement of the engaging member 341 and the receiving part 327, and by the magnetic attraction of the first magnetic member 330 and the second magnetic member 348. When the handrail body 131 needs to be removed from the handrails 132 and 133, the first connecting seat 310 and the second connecting seat 320 can be separated after releasing the engagement of the engaging member 341 and the receiving part 327. The handrail installation unit 300 provided in this embodiment of the invention has a relatively simple structure, and the engagement of the engaging member 341 and the receiving part 327, as well as the magnetic attraction of the first magnetic member 330 and the second magnetic member 348, provide double protection for the connection of the first connecting seat 310 and the second connecting seat 320.
在一些實施例中,第一磁吸件330和第二磁吸件348可以均採用永磁體,或者第一磁吸件330和第二磁吸件348中的一者採用永磁體,另一者採用能夠被永磁體吸附的磁性材料製成。In some embodiments, the first magnetic attractor 330 and the second magnetic attractor 348 may both be made of permanent magnets, or one of the first magnetic attractor 330 and the second magnetic attractor 348 may be made of permanent magnets and the other may be made of a magnetic material that can be attracted by permanent magnets.
圖39和圖40示出了第一連接座310的示例性實施方式的分解圖。在一些實施例中,第一連接座310包括連接本體3101和安裝座370。連接本體3101與扶手杆132、133連接。更具體地,連接本體3101例如可以安裝在扶手杆132、133上或者與扶手杆132、133一體成型。安裝座370通過緊固機構376安裝於連接本體3101上,配卡部327設置於安裝座370並且包括至少一個卡合槽312,卡合槽312用於和卡合件341可拆卸地卡合。卡合件341例如具有向卡合槽312凸伸的至少一個卡合部34111(詳見下文對圖41和圖42的描述),卡合部34111用於和卡合槽312可拆卸地卡合。通過將卡合槽312設置於安裝座370,安裝座370借助緊固機構376安裝在連接本體3101上,這樣同樣結構的連接本體3101可以通過裝配不同的安裝座370而與不同的第二連接座320連接,進而與不同型號的扶手本體131相匹配,這樣有效提高了第一連接座310的通用性。在一些實施例中,安裝座370可以通過緊固機構376可拆卸地安裝於連接本體3101的外表面上,使得安裝座370可以方便地安裝於連接本體3101上。在一些實施例中,安裝座370和連接本體3101例如可以是一體成型件。Figures 39 and 40 show exploded views of exemplary embodiments of the first connector 310. In some embodiments, the first connector 310 includes a connector body 3101 and a mounting base 370. The connector body 3101 is connected to the handrails 132, 133. More specifically, the connector body 3101 may be mounted on or integrally formed with the handrails 132, 133. The mounting base 370 is mounted on the connector body 3101 by a fastening mechanism 376, and a latching portion 327 is disposed on the mounting base 370 and includes at least one engaging slot 312 for removably engaging with an engaging member 341. The engaging member 341, for example, has at least one engaging portion 34111 protruding into the engaging groove 312 (see the description of Figures 41 and 42 below), which is used to detachably engage with the engaging groove 312. By providing the engaging groove 312 on the mounting base 370, which is mounted on the connecting body 3101 by means of the fastening mechanism 376, the connecting body 3101 with the same structure can be connected to different second connecting seats 320 by assembling different mounting seats 370, and thus matched with different models of handrail bodies 131, thereby effectively improving the versatility of the first connecting seat 310. In some embodiments, the mounting base 370 can be detachably mounted on the outer surface of the connecting body 3101 via a fastening mechanism 376, so that the mounting base 370 can be easily mounted on the connecting body 3101. In some embodiments, the mounting base 370 and the connecting body 3101 can be, for example, integrally molded parts.
圖39和圖40中示出了緊固機構376的示例性實施方式。連接本體3101的外表面3102設置有卡孔3106和安裝孔3107,安裝座370相對的兩端分別設置有彈性臂3761和連接孔377,彈性臂3761用於和卡孔3106卡合,緊固件(例如螺釘)3762穿過連接孔377後與安裝孔3107連接。緊固機構376包括彈性臂3761和緊固件3762。當然,緊固機構376的實施方式不限於上述舉例,例如在一些替代實施例中,緊固機構376可以包括至少兩個緊固件(例如螺釘),該安裝座370通過該至少兩個緊固件不可相對轉動地安裝在連接本體3101上。Figures 39 and 40 illustrate an exemplary embodiment of the fastening mechanism 376. The outer surface 3102 of the connecting body 3101 is provided with a locking hole 3106 and a mounting hole 3107. The mounting base 370 has a flexible arm 3761 and a connecting hole 377 at opposite ends. The flexible arm 3761 engages with the locking hole 3106, and a fastener (e.g., a screw) 3762 passes through the connecting hole 377 and connects to the mounting hole 3107. The fastening mechanism 376 includes the flexible arm 3761 and the fastener 3762. Of course, the implementation of the fastening mechanism 376 is not limited to the above examples. For example, in some alternative embodiments, the fastening mechanism 376 may include at least two fasteners (e.g., screws) by which the mounting base 370 is non-rotatably mounted on the connecting body 3101.
參見圖39,在一些實施例中,連接本體3101的外表面3102具有定位槽3103,安裝座370不可相對轉動地安裝在定位槽3103中。定位槽3103例如是非圓形槽,安裝座370位於定位槽3103內的部分例如與定位槽3103的形狀相匹配。在一些實施例中,定位槽3103例如為U型槽,定位槽3103具有限位底部3104和與限位底部3104相對的口部3109。卡孔3106靠近限位底部3104,安裝孔3107靠近口部3109。安裝座370的第一端抵接限位底部3104,彈性臂3761自安裝座370的第一端向外伸出以與卡孔3106卡合。安裝座370的第二端靠近口部3109並具有連接孔377,卡合槽312位於安裝座370的中間。在一些未示出的實施例中,安裝座370例如可以通過未示出的樞軸安裝在連接本體3101上,該樞軸例如由螺栓形成,並可以作為將安裝座370安裝於本體3101的緊固機構,使得安裝座370可以相對於本體3101轉動。可以理解,該樞軸的設置應不影響卡合槽312與卡合件341的卡合,以及不影響第一磁吸件330的設置及其與第二磁吸件348的磁性吸附。Referring to Figure 39, in some embodiments, the outer surface 3102 of the connecting body 3101 has a positioning groove 3103, in which the mounting base 370 is non-rotatably mounted. The positioning groove 3103 is, for example, a non-circular groove, and the portion of the mounting base 370 located within the positioning groove 3103, for example, matches the shape of the positioning groove 3103. In some embodiments, the positioning groove 3103 is, for example, a U-shaped groove, having a limiting bottom 3104 and an opening 3109 opposite to the limiting bottom 3104. A locking hole 3106 is located near the limiting bottom 3104, and a mounting hole 3107 is located near the opening 3109. A first end of the mounting base 370 abuts against the limiting bottom 3104, and an elastic arm 3761 extends outward from the first end of the mounting base 370 to engage with the locking hole 3106. The second end of the mounting base 370 is near the opening 3109 and has a connecting hole 377, with a locking groove 312 located in the middle of the mounting base 370. In some embodiments not shown, the mounting base 370 may be mounted on the connecting body 3101, for example, via a pivot (not shown), which may be formed, for example, by a bolt, and may serve as a fastening mechanism for mounting the mounting base 370 to the body 3101, allowing the mounting base 370 to rotate relative to the body 3101. It is understood that the arrangement of the pivot should not affect the engagement of the locking groove 312 with the locking member 341, nor the arrangement of the first magnetic member 330 and its magnetic attraction with the second magnetic member 348.
參見圖39和圖40,在一些實施例中,連接本體3101對應安裝孔3107的位置可以設置有沉台3108,安裝座370對應連接孔377的位置可以設置有凸台378。凸台378與沉台3108彼此配合的同時,連接孔377和安裝孔3107彼此對中,這樣便於安裝緊固件3762。當然,在一些替代實施例中,沉台3108和凸台378在連接本體3101和安裝座370上的位置可以互換。Referring to Figures 39 and 40, in some embodiments, a countersunk head 3108 may be provided on the connecting body 3101 corresponding to the mounting hole 3107, and a boss 378 may be provided on the mounting base 370 corresponding to the connecting hole 377. While the boss 378 and the countersunk head 3108 mate with each other, the connecting hole 377 and the mounting hole 3107 are aligned, facilitating the installation of the fastener 3762. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, the positions of the countersunk head 3108 and the boss 378 on the connecting body 3101 and the mounting base 370 can be interchanged.
參見圖39,在一些實施例中,配卡部327例如包括凸起371,卡合槽312設置於凸起371上。參見圖37,卡合件341例如包括位於第二連接座320內的至少一個彈性臂3411,各個彈性臂3411可以具有上述的卡合部34111。配卡部327的凸起371適於伸入到第二連接座320內,卡合槽312隨凸起371進入第二連接座320內以與彈性臂3411的卡合部34111卡合,使得第二連接座320和第一連接座310相連接。此時,第一磁吸件330和第二磁吸件348彼此接近而達到期望的磁性吸附位置。Referring to Figure 39, in some embodiments, the card-dispensing portion 327 includes, for example, a protrusion 371, on which an engaging groove 312 is disposed. Referring to Figure 37, the engaging member 341 includes, for example, at least one elastic arm 3411 located within the second connecting seat 320, each elastic arm 3411 having the aforementioned engaging portion 34111. The protrusion 371 of the card-dispensing portion 327 is adapted to extend into the second connecting seat 320, and the engaging groove 312 follows the protrusion 371 into the second connecting seat 320 to engage with the engaging portion 34111 of the elastic arm 3411, thereby connecting the second connecting seat 320 and the first connecting seat 310. At this time, the first magnetic member 330 and the second magnetic member 348 approach each other to achieve the desired magnetic attraction position.
參見圖38至圖40,本實施例中還示出了第一磁吸件330的示例性安裝方式。具體地,安裝座370具有容納腔3710,容納腔3710的開口面對連接本體3101並能夠由連接本體3101遮蓋,容納腔3710的底部向凸起371內延伸。第一磁吸件330通過容納腔3710的開口安裝在容納腔3710的底部,以允許第一磁吸件330儘量接近第二連接座320的第二磁吸件348。位於容納腔3710內的第一磁吸件330在連接本體3101的阻擋下不會從容納腔3710中脫出。Referring to Figures 38 to 40, an exemplary mounting method of the first magnetic member 330 is also shown in this embodiment. Specifically, the mounting base 370 has a receiving cavity 3710, the opening of which faces the connecting body 3101 and can be covered by the connecting body 3101, and the bottom of the receiving cavity 3710 extends into the protrusion 371. The first magnetic member 330 is mounted on the bottom of the receiving cavity 3710 through the opening of the receiving cavity 3710, so as to allow the first magnetic member 330 to be as close as possible to the second magnetic member 348 of the second connecting base 320. The first magnetic member 330 located in the receiving cavity 3710 will not detach from the receiving cavity 3710 due to the obstruction of the connecting body 3101.
參見圖38至圖40,在一些實施例中,連接本體3101的外表面3102還可以設置有定位柱3105,例如,定位柱3105設置於定位槽3103的槽壁,該定位柱3105經容納腔3710的開口伸入容納腔3710中。定位柱3105與容納腔3710相配合可以改善安裝座370的力學性能。在一些實施例中,定位柱3105可以與第一磁吸件330抵接,以避免第一磁吸件330在容納腔3710中晃動。Referring to Figures 38 to 40, in some embodiments, the outer surface 3102 of the connecting body 3101 may also be provided with a positioning post 3105. For example, the positioning post 3105 is disposed in the groove wall of the positioning groove 3103, and the positioning post 3105 extends into the receiving cavity 3710 through the opening of the receiving cavity 3710. The cooperation between the positioning post 3105 and the receiving cavity 3710 can improve the mechanical properties of the mounting base 370. In some embodiments, the positioning post 3105 can abut against the first magnetic member 330 to prevent the first magnetic member 330 from shaking in the receiving cavity 3710.
當然,第一磁吸件330的實施方式不限於上述舉例。例如,在一些替代實施例中,第一磁吸件330通過包覆成型的方式與安裝座370成為一體。在另外一些替代實施例中,安裝座370的至少部分區域(例如凸起371)可以由磁性材料製成並作為第一磁吸件330。Of course, the implementation of the first magnetic member 330 is not limited to the examples described above. For example, in some alternative embodiments, the first magnetic member 330 is integrated with the mounting base 370 by overmolding. In other alternative embodiments, at least a portion of the mounting base 370 (e.g., protrusion 371) may be made of magnetic material and serve as the first magnetic member 330.
圖41和圖42示出了第二連接座320的示例性實施方式的分解圖。在一些實施例中,第二連接座320具有容納空間323以及與容納空間323相通的插設孔3222。第二磁吸件348和卡合件341例如安裝在容納空間323內。插設孔3222用於供配卡部327插入容納空間323內或者從容納空間323退出。如前所述,卡合件341例如包括位於容納空間323中的至少一個彈性臂3411,卡合件341通過彈性臂3411的卡合部34111與進入容納空間323內的配卡部327的卡合槽312可拆卸地卡合,以使第一連接座310和第二連接座320可拆卸地連接,以及使第一磁吸件330和第二磁吸件348處於期望的磁性吸附位置。參見圖41,配卡部327在插拔方向T上相對於插設孔3222做運動,使得配卡部327經插設孔3222進入容納空間323或者離開容納空間323。Figures 41 and 42 show exploded views of an exemplary embodiment of the second connector 320. In some embodiments, the second connector 320 has a receiving space 323 and an insertion hole 3222 communicating with the receiving space 323. A second magnetic member 348 and a locking member 341 are, for example, installed within the receiving space 323. The insertion hole 3222 is used for inserting or removing a card portion 327 into the receiving space 323. As previously described, the engaging member 341 includes, for example, at least one elastic arm 3411 located in the receiving space 323. The engaging member 341 is detachably engaged with the engaging groove 312 of the card-dispensing part 327 entering the receiving space 323 via the engaging portion 34111 of the elastic arm 3411, so as to detachably connect the first connecting seat 310 and the second connecting seat 320, and to place the first magnetic member 330 and the second magnetic member 348 in the desired magnetic attraction position. Referring to FIG41, the card-dispensing part 327 moves relative to the insertion hole 3222 in the insertion direction T, so that the card-dispensing part 327 enters or leaves the receiving space 323 through the insertion hole 3222.
圖41和圖42示出了將第二磁吸件348和卡合件341安裝至容納空間323內的示例性實施例方式。第二連接座320設置有安裝孔3231,安裝孔3231與容納空間323連通。該安裝孔3231與插設孔3222位於第二連接座320的不同表面上,例如安裝孔3231和插設孔3222位於第二連接座320的兩個大體垂直或者相交的表面上。第二磁吸件348和卡合件341安裝在支座349上,支座349通過安裝孔3231插入容納空間323內並通過緊固件3492固定於第二連接座320。緊固件3492例如是螺釘,其穿過第二連接座320上的孔3229後與支座349的孔3498連接。當然,在其他實施例中,第二磁吸件348和卡合件341可以通過其他合適的結構安裝於第二連接座320。Figures 41 and 42 illustrate an exemplary embodiment of mounting the second magnetic member 348 and the engaging member 341 into the receiving space 323. The second connector 320 is provided with a mounting hole 3231 communicating with the receiving space 323. The mounting hole 3231 and the insertion hole 3222 are located on different surfaces of the second connector 320, for example, on two generally perpendicular or intersecting surfaces of the second connector 320. The second magnetic member 348 and the engaging member 341 are mounted on a support 349, which is inserted into the receiving space 323 through the mounting hole 3231 and secured to the second connector 320 by a fastener 3492. Fastener 3492 is, for example, a screw, which passes through hole 3229 on second connector 320 and connects to hole 3498 on support 349. Of course, in other embodiments, second magnetic member 348 and engaging member 341 can be mounted on second connector 320 by other suitable structures.
圖41和圖42示出了第二磁吸件348的示例性實施方式。具體地,支座349設置有凸台3495,凸台3495向著插設孔3222凸伸。凸台3495形成有容納腔34950。參見圖38,容納腔34950具有底部34951和開口34952,底部34951相對於開口34952更靠近插設孔3222。第二磁吸件348容納在容納腔34950的底部34951以允許第二磁吸件348儘量接近第一磁吸件330。容納腔34950的開口34952可以由第二連接座320限位,避免第二磁吸件348從容納腔34950中意外脫出。當然,第二磁吸件348的實施方式不限於上述舉例,在一些替代實施例中,第二磁吸件348可以通過包覆成型的方式與支座349成為一體,或者,支座349的至少部分區域(例如凸台3495)可以由磁性材料製成並作為第二磁吸件348。Figures 41 and 42 illustrate an exemplary embodiment of the second magnetic member 348. Specifically, the support 349 is provided with a boss 3495 protruding toward the insertion hole 3222. The boss 3495 forms a receiving cavity 34950. Referring to Figure 38, the receiving cavity 34950 has a bottom 34951 and an opening 34952, with the bottom 34951 closer to the insertion hole 3222 than the opening 34952. The second magnetic member 348 is received in the bottom 34951 of the receiving cavity 34950 to allow the second magnetic member 348 to be as close as possible to the first magnetic member 330. The opening 34952 of the receiving cavity 34950 can be limited by the second connector 320 to prevent the second magnetic member 348 from accidentally dislodging from the receiving cavity 34950. Of course, the implementation of the second magnetic member 348 is not limited to the above examples. In some alternative embodiments, the second magnetic member 348 can be integrated with the support 349 by overmolding, or at least a portion of the support 349 (e.g., the boss 3495) can be made of magnetic material and serve as the second magnetic member 348.
圖41和圖42示出了卡合件341的示例性實施方式。卡合件341可以包括兩個彈性臂3411,兩個彈性臂3411的第一端例如通過固定部3412彼此連接,固定部3412固定在支座349上。在一些替代實施例中,兩個彈性臂3411的第一端彼此分離而分別固定在支座349上。兩個彈性臂3411的第二端彼此相對,兩個彈性臂3411用於抱持卡合槽312。Figures 41 and 42 illustrate exemplary embodiments of the engaging member 341. The engaging member 341 may include two elastic arms 3411, the first ends of which are connected to each other, for example, by a fixing part 3412 fixed to a support 349. In some alternative embodiments, the first ends of the two elastic arms 3411 are separate from each other and respectively fixed to the support 349. The second ends of the two elastic arms 3411 face each other, and the two elastic arms 3411 are used to hold the engaging groove 312.
可以理解,在配卡部327通過插設孔3222進入容納空間323的過程中,當配卡部327與兩個彈性臂3411相抵時,兩個彈性臂3411可以發生彈性變形而張開,以允許配卡部327繼續往容納空間323內運動。當兩個彈性臂3411的卡合部34111與卡合槽312相對時,兩個彈性臂3411自動復位而通過卡合部34111與卡合槽312卡合。當需要解除卡合件341和配卡部327的卡合時,對兩個彈性臂3411施力而使兩個彈性臂3411張開,使得卡合部34111遠離卡合槽312,之後即可以將配卡部327從插設孔3222移出。It is understood that during the process of the card-dispensing part 327 entering the receiving space 323 through the insertion hole 3222, when the card-dispensing part 327 abuts against the two elastic arms 3411, the two elastic arms 3411 can undergo elastic deformation and open to allow the card-dispensing part 327 to continue moving into the receiving space 323. When the engaging part 34111 of the two elastic arms 3411 is opposite to the engaging groove 312, the two elastic arms 3411 automatically reset and engage with the engaging groove 312 through the engaging part 34111. When it is necessary to release the engagement of the locking member 341 and the card-attaching part 327, force is applied to the two elastic arms 3411 to open them, so that the locking part 34111 moves away from the locking groove 312, and then the card-attaching part 327 can be removed from the insertion hole 3222.
參見圖41和圖42,固定部3412與支座349例如通過安裝柱3497連接。在一些實施例中,固定部3412例如具有孔34120,安裝柱3497設置在支座349上,安裝柱3497用於穿設在孔34120中。支座349還可以設置有間隔件3491,間隔件3491靠近兩個彈性臂3411的第一端並和安裝柱3497間隔設置。在配卡部327未進入容納空間323內時,兩個彈性臂3411可以與位於二者之間的間隔件3491抵接,這樣可以定位卡合件341的位置,避免卡合件341繞安裝柱3497轉動而不能和卡合槽312卡合。Referring to Figures 41 and 42, the fixing part 3412 is connected to the support 349, for example, via a mounting post 3497. In some embodiments, the fixing part 3412 has, for example, a hole 34120, and the mounting post 3497 is disposed on the support 349, the mounting post 3497 being for passing through the hole 34120. The support 349 may also be provided with a spacer 3491, which is located near the first ends of the two elastic arms 3411 and spaced apart from the mounting post 3497. When the engaging part 327 is not in the receiving space 323, the two elastic arms 3411 can abut against the spacer 3491 located between them, thus positioning the engaging member 341 and preventing the engaging member 341 from rotating around the mounting post 3497 and failing to engage with the engaging groove 312.
再來參見圖39,在一些實施例中,卡合槽312可以包括設置在凸起371的外周壁上的環形槽。參見圖42,卡合件341包括兩個大體呈弧形的彈性臂3411,兩個彈性臂3411相對設置並形成容納凸起371的空間340。當卡合件341和卡合槽312卡合時,兩個彈性臂3411抱持卡合槽312。參見圖41和圖42,各個彈性臂3411上具有向著空間340凸伸的卡合部34111,各個卡合部34111例如是弧形凸片。卡合部34111適於插入卡合槽312內而與卡合槽312卡合,從而限制配卡部327從插設孔3222拔出。Referring again to Figure 39, in some embodiments, the engaging groove 312 may include an annular groove disposed on the outer peripheral wall of the protrusion 371. Referring to Figure 42, the engaging member 341 includes two generally arcuate elastic arms 3411, which are disposed opposite to each other and form a space 340 for accommodating the protrusion 371. When the engaging member 341 and the engaging groove 312 are engaged, the two elastic arms 3411 hold the engaging groove 312. Referring to Figures 41 and 42, each elastic arm 3411 has an engaging portion 34111 protruding toward the space 340, and each engaging portion 34111 is, for example, an arcuate tab. The engaging part 34111 is adapted to be inserted into the engaging slot 312 and engage with the engaging slot 312, thereby preventing the card dispensing part 327 from being pulled out of the insertion hole 3222.
當然,卡合件341和卡合槽312的實施方式不限於上述舉例。例如,在一些替代實施例中,卡合槽312可以包括形成在凸起371的外周壁上的至少一個凹槽。卡合件341可以包括至少一個彈性臂3411,各個彈性臂3411上的卡合部34111例如是卡合鉤,各個卡合鉤適於插入對應的凹槽中。彈性臂3411、卡合槽312的數量和結構可以根據需要設定。Of course, the implementation of the engaging member 341 and the engaging groove 312 is not limited to the examples described above. For example, in some alternative embodiments, the engaging groove 312 may include at least one groove formed on the outer peripheral wall of the protrusion 371. The engaging member 341 may include at least one elastic arm 3411, and the engaging portion 34111 on each elastic arm 3411 is, for example, a hook, and each hook is adapted to be inserted into a corresponding groove. The number and structure of the elastic arms 3411 and the engaging groove 312 can be set as needed.
再來參見圖36,第一連接座310具有第一對接面38,該第一對接面38設置於本體3101和安裝座370中的至少一者上。第二連接座320具有第二對接面3220。當第一連接座310和第二連接座320連接時,第一對接面38和第二對接面3220相抵接。凸起371相對於第一對接面38凸出,插設孔3222位於由第二對接面3220所限定的區域內部。Referring again to Figure 36, the first connector 310 has a first mating surface 38 disposed on at least one of the body 3101 and the mounting base 370. The second connector 320 has a second mating surface 3220. When the first connector 310 and the second connector 320 are connected, the first mating surface 38 and the second mating surface 3220 abut against each other. A protrusion 371 protrudes opposite the first mating surface 38, and an insertion hole 3222 is located within the area defined by the second mating surface 3220.
在圖36所示的實施例中,第一對接面38和第二對接面3220均是立面(例如垂直於水平面),配卡部327的插拔方向T例如平行於水平面。在扶手本體131兩端的第二連接座320位於左右兩側的扶手杆132、133的第一連接座310之間。為便於第一連接座310和第二連接座320的接合,第二連接座320與扶手本體131通過樞軸325樞接,樞軸325的軸向垂直於插拔方向T。In the embodiment shown in Figure 36, both the first mating surface 38 and the second mating surface 3220 are vertical surfaces (e.g., perpendicular to the horizontal plane), and the insertion/removal direction T of the card-attaching part 327 is, for example, parallel to the horizontal plane. The second connecting seats 320 at both ends of the handrail body 131 are located between the first connecting seats 310 of the left and right handrail bars 132 and 133. To facilitate the engagement of the first connecting seats 310 and the second connecting seats 320, the second connecting seat 320 is hinged to the handrail body 131 via a pivot 325, the axis of which is perpendicular to the insertion/removal direction T.
下面結合圖36來說明第一連接座310和第二連接座320的拆裝方式。The following describes the assembly and disassembly of the first connector 310 and the second connector 320 with reference to Figure 36.
當需要將扶手本體131安裝至扶手杆132、133時,先將扶手本體131兩端的第二連接座320往彼此靠近的方向轉動,然後將扶手本體131的兩端移動至左右兩側的扶手杆132、133之間。當插設孔3222與凸起371對中時,將扶手本體131兩端的第二連接座320往彼此遠離的方向轉動,凸起371及卡合槽312插入插設孔3222中,進而卡合件341的彈性臂3411與凸起371上的卡合槽312相卡合。When it is necessary to install the handrail body 131 onto the handrails 132 and 133, first rotate the second connecting seats 320 at both ends of the handrail body 131 toward each other, and then move both ends of the handrail body 131 between the left and right handrails 132 and 133. When the insertion hole 3222 is aligned with the protrusion 371, rotate the second connecting seats 320 at both ends of the handrail body 131 toward each other, and insert the protrusion 371 and the engaging groove 312 into the insertion hole 3222, and then the elastic arm 3411 of the engaging member 341 engages with the engaging groove 312 on the protrusion 371.
當需要將扶手本體131與各個扶手杆132、133分離時,解除卡合槽312與彈性臂3411的卡合關係,將各個第二連接座320繞樞軸325轉動,使得凸起371退出插設孔3222,即可移走扶手本體131。When it is necessary to separate the handrail body 131 from each handrail bar 132, 133, release the engagement relationship between the locking groove 312 and the elastic arm 3411, rotate each second connecting seat 320 around the pivot 325 so that the protrusion 371 exits the insertion hole 3222, and then the handrail body 131 can be removed.
為了避免扶手本體131相對於各個扶手杆132、133上下轉動,參見圖38、圖39和圖41,在一些實施例中,安裝座370具有止轉檯372,止轉檯372相對於第一對接面38凸出,止轉檯372和插設孔3222可以通過任何非圓形的形狀套裝在一起,使得止轉檯372不可相對轉動地套裝在插設孔3222中從而與第二連接座320不可相對轉動地接合。例如在一些實施例中,插設孔3222為U型孔,止轉檯372相應地具有U型外輪廓。在一些替代實施例中,插設孔3222可以為扁孔或者多邊形孔,止轉檯372的形狀與插設孔3222的形狀相適應即可。參見圖39,在一些實施例中,凸起371自止轉檯372的端面凸出並位於由止轉檯372的端面所限定的區域內部,凸起371以較小的結構伸入容納空間323內,這樣有利於卡合件341結構的小型化。To prevent the handrail body 131 from rotating vertically relative to the individual handrails 132 and 133, referring to Figures 38, 39, and 41, in some embodiments, the mounting base 370 has an anti-rotation plate 372 that protrudes relative to the first mating surface 38. The anti-rotation plate 372 and the insertion hole 3222 can be fitted together by any non-circular shape, so that the anti-rotation plate 372 is fitted into the insertion hole 3222 without relative rotation, thereby engaging with the second connecting base 320 without relative rotation. For example, in some embodiments, the insertion hole 3222 is a U-shaped hole, and the anti-rotation plate 372 correspondingly has a U-shaped outer contour. In some alternative embodiments, the insertion hole 3222 can be a flat hole or a polygonal hole, and the shape of the anti-rotation table 372 can be adapted to the shape of the insertion hole 3222. Referring to Figure 39, in some embodiments, the protrusion 371 protrudes from the end face of the anti-rotation table 372 and is located within the area defined by the end face of the anti-rotation table 372. The protrusion 371 extends into the receiving space 323 with a smaller structure, which is beneficial to the miniaturization of the engaging member 341 structure.
在一些實施例中,為了便於解除卡合件341和卡合槽312的卡合,第二連接座320還可以安裝有釋鎖件342和彈性復位件345。更具體地,釋鎖件342與卡合件341可操作地連接,用於推動彈性臂3411與卡合槽312解除卡合。彈性復位件345用於驅動釋鎖件342復位。In some embodiments, to facilitate the disengagement of the engaging member 341 and the engaging groove 312, the second connector 320 may also be equipped with a release member 342 and a spring-loaded return member 345. More specifically, the release member 342 is operatively connected to the engaging member 341 for pushing the elastic arm 3411 to disengage from the engaging groove 312. The spring-loaded return member 345 is used to drive the release member 342 to return to its original position.
參見圖41和圖42,示出了釋鎖件342的示例性實施方式。在一些實施例中,第二連接座320設置有安裝孔3232,安裝孔3232與安裝孔3231相對。釋鎖件342具有操作部3423、肩部3429和至少一個頂推部3421,釋鎖件342經安裝孔3231進入容納空間323內後,操作部3423從安裝孔3232伸出並與安裝孔3232滑動配合。肩部3429與第二連接座320的內壁抵接以避免釋鎖件342從安裝孔3232掉落。頂推部3421的數量與彈性臂3411的數量一致,各個彈性臂3411上設置有抵接部3413,各個頂推部3421與對應的抵接部3413相抵接。在一些實施例中,頂推部3421上可以設置有頂推斜面3421a,抵接部3413可以是自彈性臂3411伸出的柱體。頂推部3421通過頂推斜面3421a與抵接部3413抵接。當釋鎖件342受到釋鎖力移動時,頂推斜面3421a推動彈性臂3411往遠離卡合槽312的方向移動以使卡合部34111與卡合槽312解除卡合。當然,在其他實施例中,頂推部3421和抵接部3413還可以有其他實施方式而不限於上述舉例。例如在一些替代實施例中,可以在抵接部3413上設置斜面,頂推部3421例如為與抵接部3413的斜面抵接的凸塊。Referring to Figures 41 and 42, exemplary embodiments of the release member 342 are illustrated. In some embodiments, the second connector 320 is provided with a mounting hole 3232 opposite to a mounting hole 3231. The release member 342 has an operating portion 3423, a shoulder 3429, and at least one pushing portion 3421. After the release member 342 enters the receiving space 323 through the mounting hole 3231, the operating portion 3423 extends from the mounting hole 3232 and slides into the mounting hole 3232. The shoulder 3429 abuts against the inner wall of the second connector 320 to prevent the release member 342 from falling out of the mounting hole 3232. The number of pushing portions 3421 is the same as the number of elastic arms 3411. Each elastic arm 3411 is provided with an abutment portion 3413, and each pushing portion 3421 abuts against a corresponding abutment portion 3413. In some embodiments, the pushing portion 3421 may be provided with a pushing ramp 3421a, and the abutment portion 3413 may be a column extending from the elastic arm 3411. The pushing portion 3421 abuts against the abutment portion 3413 via the pushing ramp 3421a. When the release member 342 is moved by the release force, the pushing ramp 3421a pushes the elastic arm 3411 away from the engaging groove 312, thereby disengaging the engaging portion 34111 from the engaging groove 312. Of course, in other embodiments, the pushing part 3421 and the abutting part 3413 may have other embodiments and are not limited to the examples mentioned above. For example, in some alternative embodiments, a slope may be provided on the abutting part 3413, and the pushing part 3421 may be, for example, a protrusion that abuts against the slope of the abutting part 3413.
參見圖43,在一些實施例中,容納空間323內還可以設置有至少一個導引面3496,至少一個導引面3496與至少一個抵接部3413相對應。導引面3496可以形成在凸台3495的側壁上。各個頂推部3421夾設在彼此對應的導引面3496和抵接部3413之間,且各個頂推部3421具有與對應的導引面3496滑動配合的滑動面3421c。導引面3496和滑動面3421c例如平行於釋鎖件342的移動方向。當頂推部3421頂推抵接部3413時,導引面3496支撐頂推部3421,這樣可以避免頂推部3421在與抵接部3413抵接時發生彈性變形而不能正常推動抵接部3413,致使卡合部34111不能順利與卡合槽312解除卡合。Referring to Figure 43, in some embodiments, at least one guide surface 3496 may be provided within the accommodating space 323, corresponding to at least one abutment portion 3413. The guide surface 3496 may be formed on the sidewall of the boss 3495. Each push portion 3421 is sandwiched between the corresponding guide surface 3496 and the abutment portion 3413, and each push portion 3421 has a sliding surface 3421c that slides in cooperation with the corresponding guide surface 3496. The guide surface 3496 and the sliding surface 3421c are, for example, parallel to the direction of movement of the unlocking member 342. When the pushing part 3421 pushes the abutting part 3413, the guide surface 3496 supports the pushing part 3421. This can prevent the pushing part 3421 from elastically deforming when it comes into contact with the abutting part 3413 and thus failing to push the abutting part 3413 properly, which would prevent the engaging part 34111 from successfully disengaging from the engaging groove 312.
圖41和圖42示出了彈性復位件345的示例性實施方式。在一些實施例中,彈性復位件345例如是彈簧,彈性復位件345安裝在釋鎖件342和支座349之間。參見圖41,在一些實施例中,支座349上可以設置有限位塊3493,限位塊3493上設置有定位柱3494,彈性復位件345的一端與限位塊3493相抵並且套裝在定位柱3494上。彈性復位件345的另一端伸入釋鎖件342的內腔壁中。當釋鎖件342所受到按壓力撤銷時,彈性復位件345可以驅動釋鎖件342復位,卡合件341也相應復位。在一些實施例中,限位塊3493可以設置在兩個彈性臂3411的第二端之間,充分利用兩個彈性臂3411的第二端之間的空間,這樣有助於支座349結構的緊湊。Figures 41 and 42 illustrate exemplary embodiments of the elastic reset member 345. In some embodiments, the elastic reset member 345 is, for example, a spring, and is mounted between the release member 342 and the support 349. Referring to Figure 41, in some embodiments, a limit block 3493 may be provided on the support 349, and a positioning post 3494 is provided on the limit block 3493. One end of the elastic reset member 345 abuts against the limit block 3493 and is sleeved on the positioning post 3494. The other end of the elastic reset member 345 extends into the inner wall of the release member 342. When the pressure applied to the release element 342 is released, the elastic reset element 345 can drive the release element 342 to reset, and the locking element 341 will also reset accordingly. In some embodiments, the limit block 3493 can be disposed between the second ends of the two elastic arms 3411 to make full use of the space between the second ends of the two elastic arms 3411, which helps to make the support 349 structure more compact.
第五方面Fifth aspect
如圖44和圖45所示,本發明第五方面提出一種載具,該載具可以是嬰兒車、輪椅、兒童餐椅、高腳椅等。本實施例中以載具為兒童載具如兒童推車進行具體說明。該載具包括車架100、座椅組件200及高度調節機構800。該高度調節機構800結構簡單,操作方便。As shown in Figures 44 and 45, the fifth aspect of this invention provides a carrier, which can be a stroller, wheelchair, high chair, high chair, etc. In this embodiment, a child carrier such as a stroller will be specifically described. The carrier includes a frame 100, a seat assembly 200, and a height adjustment mechanism 800. The height adjustment mechanism 800 has a simple structure and is easy to operate.
具體地,如圖44和圖45所示,車架100至少包括推手架120、前腳支撐架160、後腳支撐架170、前輪組件181及後輪組件182。前腳支撐架160包括位於左右兩側的第一前腳支撐杆161和第二前腳支撐杆162。第一前腳支撐杆161和第二前腳支撐杆162之間連接有腳踏板190(又稱作擱腳架)。後腳支撐架170包括左右兩側的第一後腳支撐杆171和第二後腳支撐杆172。第一前腳支撐杆161和第二前腳支撐杆162的底端分別連接有前輪組件181。第一後腳支撐杆171和第二後腳支撐杆172的底端分別連接有後輪組件182。Specifically, as shown in Figures 44 and 45, the frame 100 includes at least a push handle 120, a front foot support 160, a rear foot support 170, a front wheel assembly 181, and a rear wheel assembly 182. The front foot support 160 includes a first front foot support rod 161 and a second front foot support rod 162 located on both sides. A foot pedal 190 (also called a footrest) is connected between the first front foot support rod 161 and the second front foot support rod 162. The rear foot support 170 includes a first rear foot support rod 171 and a second rear foot support rod 172 located on both sides. The bottom ends of the first front support rod 161 and the second front support rod 162 are respectively connected to the front wheel assembly 181. The bottom ends of the first rear support rod 171 and the second rear support rod 172 are respectively connected to the rear wheel assembly 182.
具體地,如圖44和圖45所示,前腳支撐杆161、162為長條狀結構,前腳支撐杆161、162的頂端與對應側的後腳支撐杆171、172樞接,前腳支撐杆161、162的下端與前輪組件181連接。腳踏板190設於兩個前腳支撐杆161和162之間。Specifically, as shown in Figures 44 and 45, the front foot support rods 161 and 162 are elongated structures. The top ends of the front foot support rods 161 and 162 are hinged to the corresponding rear foot support rods 171 and 172, and the lower ends of the front foot support rods 161 and 162 are connected to the front wheel assembly 181. The foot pedal 190 is located between the two front foot support rods 161 and 162.
高度調節機構800包括前腳支撐組件810和鎖定組件830。腳踏板190設置在兩個前腳支撐組件810之間,且相對於前腳支撐組件810的高度可調節。鎖定組件830設置於前腳支撐組件810和腳踏板190之間,用於鎖定或者解鎖腳踏板190相對於前腳支撐組件810的高度的調節。The height adjustment mechanism 800 includes a forefoot support assembly 810 and a locking assembly 830. A foot pedal 190 is disposed between the two forefoot support assemblies 810 and is height-adjustable relative to the forefoot support assemblies 810. The locking assembly 830 is disposed between the forefoot support assemblies 810 and the foot pedal 190 and is used to lock or unlock the height adjustment of the foot pedal 190 relative to the forefoot support assemblies 810.
如圖44和圖45所示,每個前腳支撐組件810均包括前腳支撐杆161、162和導向件811。鎖定組件830設於兩個前腳支撐杆161和162與腳踏板190的對應側之間,以用於對腳踏板190在高度方向上進行單向鎖定或雙向鎖定。在所示實施例中,導向件811為長度小於前腳支撐杆161、162的長條狀結構,導向件811固定於前腳支撐杆161、162的相對內側,即固定於該前腳支撐杆161、162與另一前腳支撐杆161、162相對的一側,且導向件811的延伸方向與前腳支撐杆161、162的延伸方向大致相同。導向件811的相對前側和相對後側中的至少一者設有沿導向件811延伸方向設置的導向槽8111。本實施例中,導向件811的相對前側和相對後側均設有導向槽8111。As shown in Figures 44 and 45, each forefoot support assembly 810 includes forefoot support rods 161 and 162 and a guide 811. A locking assembly 830 is disposed between the two forefoot support rods 161 and 162 and the corresponding side of the foot pedal 190 for unidirectional or bidirectional locking of the foot pedal 190 in the height direction. In the illustrated embodiment, the guide member 811 is an elongated structure with a length less than that of the front foot support rods 161 and 162. The guide member 811 is fixed to the opposite inner side of the front foot support rods 161 and 162, that is, fixed to the side opposite to the other front foot support rod 161 and 162, and the extending direction of the guide member 811 is approximately the same as the extending direction of the front foot support rods 161 and 162. At least one of the opposite front side and the opposite rear side of the guide member 811 is provided with a guide groove 8111 disposed along the extending direction of the guide member 811. In this embodiment, both the opposite front side and the opposite rear side of the guide member 811 are provided with guide grooves 8111.
本實施例中,如圖45至圖46所示,腳踏板190為一體成型結構,包括踏板本體191及卡接件192。踏板本體191大致呈長條板狀結構,卡接件192有兩個且分別連接於踏板本體191的兩端且分別與踏板本體191呈夾角設置。本實施例中,兩個卡接件192與踏板本體191之間的夾角均為90度。每個卡接件192均包括連接部1921和配合部1922(圖47),配合部1922有兩個且分別連接於連接部1921的兩側。踏板本體191的兩端分別連接於相對側的連接部1921處。每個卡接件192的兩個配合部1922均能與相對的導向槽8111插設配合且能沿著導向槽8111滑動,從而帶動腳踏板190在高度方向移動。In this embodiment, as shown in Figures 45 and 46, the foot pedal 190 is an integrally formed structure, including a pedal body 191 and snap-fit members 192. The pedal body 191 is generally elongated and plate-shaped. There are two snap-fit members 192, which are respectively connected to the two ends of the pedal body 191 and are respectively angled to the pedal body 191. In this embodiment, the angle between the two snap-fit members 192 and the pedal body 191 is 90 degrees. Each snap-fit member 192 includes a connecting portion 1921 and a mating portion 1922 (Figure 47). There are two mating portions 1922, which are respectively connected to the two sides of the connecting portion 1921. The two ends of the pedal body 191 are respectively connected to the connecting portions 1921 on opposite sides. Each snap-fit part 1922 of each snap-fit piece 192 can be inserted into and engaged with the opposite guide groove 8111 and can slide along the guide groove 8111, thereby driving the foot pedal 190 to move in the height direction.
具體地,如圖45和圖46所示,鎖定組件830設於前腳支撐組件810和腳踏板190之間,鎖定組件830在鎖定狀態和釋鎖狀態之間可切換。鎖定組件830處於鎖定狀態時,腳踏板190能相對前腳支撐組件810固定於某一高度位置處,且腳踏板190能被操作以沿第一方向D1移動。鎖定組件830處於釋鎖狀態時,腳踏板190能被操作以沿第一方向D1移動或第二方向D2移動。其中,第一方向D1和第二方向D2相反且均平行於高度方向。本實施例中,以沿著導向槽8111向上的方向為第一方向D1,以沿著導向槽8111向下的方向為第二方向D2。當然,在其他實施例中,也可以反過來,即以沿著導向槽8111向下的方向為第一方向D1,以沿著導向槽8111向上的方向為第二方向D2。Specifically, as shown in Figures 45 and 46, a locking component 830 is disposed between the forefoot support component 810 and the foot pedal 190. The locking component 830 can be switched between a locked state and an unlocked state. When the locking component 830 is in the locked state, the foot pedal 190 can be fixed at a certain height relative to the forefoot support component 810, and the foot pedal 190 can be operated to move along a first direction D1. When the locking component 830 is in the unlocked state, the foot pedal 190 can be operated to move along the first direction D1 or a second direction D2. The first direction D1 and the second direction D2 are opposite and both parallel to the height direction. In this embodiment, the upward direction along the guide groove 8111 is defined as the first direction D1, and the downward direction along the guide groove 8111 is defined as the second direction D2. Of course, in other embodiments, the direction can be reversed, that is, the downward direction along the guide groove 8111 is defined as the first direction D1, and the upward direction along the guide groove 8111 is defined as the second direction D2.
具體地,如圖45和圖46所示,鎖定組件830包括操作件831、兩個鎖定件832、兩個聯動件833、第一復位件834、兩個第二復位件835、多個第一鎖定槽836、多個第二鎖定槽837及多個第三鎖定槽838。操作件831可操作地設於腳踏板190的大致中部,第一復位件834設於操作件831和腳踏板190之間,兩個聯動件833分別連接於操作件831的兩側,兩個鎖定件832分別連接於兩個聯動件833的遠離操作件831的一側,兩個第二復位件835分別設於兩個鎖定件832與腳踏板190之間。多個第一鎖定槽836及多個第二鎖定槽837分別設於兩個導向件811上。Specifically, as shown in Figures 45 and 46, the locking assembly 830 includes an operating member 831, two locking members 832, two linkage members 833, a first reset member 834, two second reset members 835, a plurality of first locking slots 836, a plurality of second locking slots 837, and a plurality of third locking slots 838. An operating element 831 is operably disposed approximately at the center of the foot pedal 190. A first reset element 834 is disposed between the operating element 831 and the foot pedal 190. Two linkage elements 833 are respectively connected to both sides of the operating element 831. Two locking elements 832 are respectively connected to the side of the two linkage elements 833 away from the operating element 831. Two second reset elements 835 are respectively disposed between the two locking elements 832 and the foot pedal 190. Multiple first locking slots 836 and multiple second locking slots 837 are respectively disposed on the two guide elements 811.
下面以位於左側的前腳支撐組件810與腳踏板190、鎖定組件830之間的連接結構為例,具體描述高度調節機構800的結構,位於右側的前腳支撐組件810與腳踏板190、鎖定組件830之間的連接結構與此類似:The structure of the height adjustment mechanism 800 is described below using the connection structure between the left-side forefoot support assembly 810, the foot pedal 190, and the locking assembly 830 as an example. The connection structure between the right-side forefoot support assembly 810, the foot pedal 190, and the locking assembly 830 is similar.
進一步地,如圖46所示,導向件811的內側,即該導向件811與另一導向件811相對的一側設有多個第一鎖定槽836,多個第一鎖定槽836沿高度方向排布。多個第一鎖定槽836均為用於限制腳踏板190向第二方向D2移動的單向鎖定槽。具體地,每個第一鎖定槽836的深度均沿第一方向D1逐漸減小至為零。具體地,每個第一鎖定槽836的槽頂壁均為第一抵推斜面8361,第一抵推斜面8361沿著第一方向D1逐漸向相對側的導向件811傾斜。每個第一鎖定槽836的槽底壁均為限位壁8362,限位壁8362大致垂直於導向件811,即限位壁8362大致平行於水平面,限位壁8362用以限制處於腳踏板190向第二方向D2移動。Furthermore, as shown in Figure 46, the inner side of the guide member 811, that is, the side of the guide member 811 opposite to another guide member 811, is provided with a plurality of first locking grooves 836, which are arranged along the height direction. Each of the first locking grooves 836 is a unidirectional locking groove used to restrict the foot pedal 190 from moving in the second direction D2. Specifically, the depth of each first locking groove 836 gradually decreases to zero along the first direction D1. Specifically, the top wall of each first locking groove 836 is a first pushing slope 8361, which gradually slopes towards the opposite guide member 811 along the first direction D1. The bottom wall of each first locking groove 836 is a limiting wall 8362, which is substantially perpendicular to the guide member 811, that is, the limiting wall 8362 is substantially parallel to the horizontal plane. The limiting wall 8362 is used to restrict the movement of the foot pedal 190 in the second direction D2.
導向件811的內側,即該導向件811與另一導向件811相對的一側還設有至少一個第二鎖定槽837。第二鎖定槽837為用於限制腳踏板190向第一方向D1和第二方向D2移動的雙向鎖定槽。第二鎖定槽837的沿高度方向的兩端分別具有第一限位側壁8371和第二限位側壁8372。至少一個第二鎖定槽837均位於多個第一鎖定槽836的第一方向D1上。本實施例中,每個導向件811的內側均設有兩個第一鎖定槽836和一個第二鎖定槽837。第二鎖定槽837位於兩個第一鎖定槽836的上方,以用於限制腳踏板190向第一方向D1,即向上移動的移動行程,亦即第二鎖定槽837具有限制腳踏板190過度向上移動的限位功能。當然,在其他實施例中,第一鎖定槽836和第二鎖定槽837的個數也可以根據需要進行調整,或者也可以只設置多個第一鎖定槽836,而不設置第二鎖定槽837。The inner side of the guide member 811, that is, the side of the guide member 811 opposite to another guide member 811, is also provided with at least one second locking groove 837. The second locking groove 837 is a bidirectional locking groove used to restrict the foot pedal 190 from moving in the first direction D1 and the second direction D2. The two ends of the second locking groove 837 along the height direction have a first limiting sidewall 8371 and a second limiting sidewall 8372, respectively. At least one second locking groove 837 is located on the first direction D1 of a plurality of first locking grooves 836. In this embodiment, each guide member 811 has two first locking grooves 836 and one second locking groove 837 on its inner side. The second locking groove 837 is located above the two first locking grooves 836 to limit the travel of the foot pedal 190 in the first direction D1, i.e., upward. In other words, the second locking groove 837 has a limiting function to prevent the foot pedal 190 from moving excessively upward. Of course, in other embodiments, the number of first locking grooves 836 and second locking grooves 837 can be adjusted as needed, or only multiple first locking grooves 836 can be provided without second locking grooves 837.
如圖45和圖48所示,導向件811的內側,即該導向件811與另一導向件811相對的一側還設有一個第三鎖定槽838。第三鎖定槽838位於多個第一鎖定槽836的第二方向上,即位於多個第一鎖定槽836的下方。第三鎖定槽838具有第二抵推斜面8381,第二抵推斜面8381沿著第一方向或第二方向逐漸向相對側的導向件811傾斜,第三鎖定槽838還具有與第二抵推斜面8381相對的安裝口8382。鎖定件832處於鎖定狀態時,鎖定件832至少部分伸出腳踏板190外(如圖46所示)。腳踏板190安裝於前腳支撐組件810上時,鎖定件832經安裝口8382插設於第三鎖定槽838內,如此可以方便腳踏板190安裝於前腳支撐組件810上。As shown in Figures 45 and 48, a third locking groove 838 is provided on the inner side of the guide member 811, that is, on the side of the guide member 811 opposite to another guide member 811. The third locking groove 838 is located in the second direction of the plurality of first locking grooves 836, that is, below the plurality of first locking grooves 836. The third locking groove 838 has a second abutting slope 8381, which gradually slopes towards the guide member 811 on the opposite side along the first or second direction. The third locking groove 838 also has an installation opening 8382 opposite to the second abutting slope 8381. When the locking member 832 is in the locked state, the locking member 832 extends at least partially beyond the foot pedal 190 (as shown in Figure 46). When the foot pedal 190 is installed on the forefoot support assembly 810, the locking member 832 is inserted into the third locking groove 838 through the mounting port 8382, which makes it easy to install the foot pedal 190 on the forefoot support assembly 810.
進一步地,如圖45和圖48所示,高度調節機構800還可以包括限位件850,限位件850大致呈長條管狀結構,限位件850的兩端分別固定於兩個前腳支撐杆161和162的相對內側。限位件850位於第三鎖定槽838的第二方向上,即限位件850位於第三鎖定槽838的下方。鎖定件832插設於第三鎖定槽838時,腳踏板190與限位件850抵接以限制腳踏板190向第二方向移動。Furthermore, as shown in Figures 45 and 48, the height adjustment mechanism 800 may also include a limiting member 850, which is generally elongated tubular in shape. The two ends of the limiting member 850 are respectively fixed to the inner sides of the two front foot support rods 161 and 162. The limiting member 850 is located in the second direction of the third locking groove 838, that is, below the third locking groove 838. When the locking member 832 is inserted into the third locking groove 838, the foot pedal 190 abuts against the limiting member 850 to restrict the foot pedal 190 from moving in the second direction.
本實施例中,如圖45和圖48所示,前腳支撐杆161或162包括支撐杆主體163和輪座連接部164,限位件850的兩端分別固定於兩個前腳支撐杆的輪座連接部164上。在載具的安裝過程中,可以首先使至少部分伸出於腳踏板190兩側的鎖定件832經安裝口8382插設於第三鎖定槽838內以使腳踏板190安裝於兩個支撐杆主體163之間,繼而將連接有限位件850的兩個輪座連接部164分別安裝於兩個支撐杆主體163的下端,使得限位件850位於第三鎖定槽838的下方。如此,鎖定件832插設於第三鎖定槽838時,腳踏板190能夠與限位件850抵接以限制腳踏板190向第二方向移動。In this embodiment, as shown in Figures 45 and 48, the front foot support rod 161 or 162 includes a support rod body 163 and a wheel seat connection portion 164. The two ends of the limiting member 850 are respectively fixed to the wheel seat connection portions 164 of the two front foot support rods. During the installation of the vehicle, the locking member 832, which at least partially extends from both sides of the foot pedal 190, can first be inserted into the third locking groove 838 through the mounting port 8382 so that the foot pedal 190 is installed between the two support rod bodies 163. Then, the two wheel seat connection portions 164 connected to the limiting member 850 are respectively installed at the lower ends of the two support rod bodies 163, so that the limiting member 850 is located below the third locking groove 838. Thus, when the locking member 832 is inserted into the third locking slot 838, the foot pedal 190 can abut against the limiting member 850 to restrict the foot pedal 190 from moving in the second direction.
進一步地,如圖46和圖47所示,腳踏板190具有中空內腔193,鎖定件832和聯動件833均可移動地設於該中空內腔193中。鎖定件832大致呈銷狀結構。聯動件833大致呈杆狀結構且具有第一端8331和第二端8332。鎖定件832的一端能夠伸出中空內腔193以與第一鎖定槽836或第二鎖定槽837插設配合,鎖定件832的另一端與聯動件833的第二端9332固定連接。聯動件833的第一端8331與操作件831連接。操作件831可操作地設於腳踏板190,至少部分操作件831伸入中空內腔193內與聯動件833連接,另一部分操作件831則伸出中空內腔193外以便被操作。Further, as shown in Figures 46 and 47, the foot pedal 190 has a hollow cavity 193 in which both the locking member 832 and the linkage member 833 are movably disposed. The locking member 832 is generally pin-shaped. The linkage member 833 is generally rod-shaped and has a first end 8331 and a second end 8332. One end of the locking member 832 can extend out of the hollow cavity 193 to engage with a first locking groove 836 or a second locking groove 837, and the other end of the locking member 832 is fixedly connected to the second end 8332 of the linkage member 833. The first end 8331 of the linkage member 833 is connected to the operating member 831. The operating element 831 is operably disposed on the foot pedal 190. At least part of the operating element 831 extends into the hollow inner cavity 193 and is connected to the linkage 833, while the other part of the operating element 831 extends out of the hollow inner cavity 193 for operation.
具體地,如圖46和圖47所示,鎖定件832在鎖定位置和釋鎖位置之間可切換,鎖定件832處於鎖定位置時,鎖定件832能與多個第一鎖定槽836中的任一個或至少一個第二鎖定槽837中的任一個插設配合,鎖定件832處於釋鎖位置時,鎖定件832能與多個第一鎖定槽836或至少一個第二鎖定槽837解除配合。Specifically, as shown in Figures 46 and 47, the locking member 832 can be switched between a locked position and an unlocked position. When the locking member 832 is in the locked position, it can be inserted and engaged with any one of the plurality of first locking slots 836 or at least one of the second locking slots 837. When the locking member 832 is in the unlocked position, it can be disengaged from the plurality of first locking slots 836 or at least one of the second locking slots 837.
進一步地,如圖46和圖47所示,操作件831可被操作以通過聯動件833驅動鎖定件832由鎖定位置切換至釋鎖位置。操作件831上設有兩個驅動槽8311。具體地,每個驅動槽8311的延伸方向分別與操作件831的移動方向、鎖定件832的移動方向相交錯,聯動件833的第一端8331插設於驅動槽8311內且能沿驅動槽8311移動。本實施例中,聯動件833的第一端8331可以設置驅動銷(附圖未示出),驅動銷插設於驅動槽8311內以沿驅動槽8311移動。如圖46所示,位於操作件831的左側的驅動槽8311沿著D3方向(即操作件831能被按壓的方向)朝靠近相應側的導向件811的方向傾斜。以驅動槽8311靠近相應側的導向件811的一端為第一槽端83111,以驅動槽8311遠離相應側的導向件811的一端為第二槽端83112。當沿D3方向按壓操作件831時,聯動件833的第一端8331(或第一端8331處的驅動銷)則由驅動槽8311的第一槽端83111移動至第二槽端83112,從而使得聯動件833和鎖定件832一同向遠離相應側的導向件811的方向移動,從而使得鎖定件832從鎖定位置切換至釋鎖位置。Furthermore, as shown in Figures 46 and 47, the operating member 831 can be operated to drive the locking member 832 from the locked position to the unlocked position via the linkage 833. The operating member 831 is provided with two drive grooves 8311. Specifically, the extending direction of each drive groove 8311 intersects the moving direction of the operating member 831 and the moving direction of the locking member 832, respectively. The first end 8331 of the linkage 833 is inserted into the drive groove 8311 and can move along the drive groove 8311. In this embodiment, the first end 8331 of the linkage 833 may be provided with a drive pin (not shown in the figures), which is inserted into the drive groove 8311 to move along the drive groove 8311. As shown in Figure 46, the drive groove 8311 located on the left side of the operating member 831 is inclined along the D3 direction (i.e., the direction in which the operating member 831 can be pressed) toward the guide member 811 on the corresponding side. The end of the drive groove 8311 that is close to the guide member 811 on the corresponding side is called the first groove end 83111, and the end of the drive groove 8311 that is away from the guide member 811 on the corresponding side is called the second groove end 83112. When the operating member 831 is pressed along the D3 direction, the first end 8331 of the linkage 833 (or the drive pin at the first end 8331) moves from the first groove end 83111 of the drive groove 8311 to the second groove end 83112, thereby causing the linkage 833 and the locking member 832 to move together away from the guide member 811 on the corresponding side, thereby causing the locking member 832 to switch from the locked position to the unlocked position.
進一步地,如圖46所示,第一復位件834設於操作件831和腳踏板190之間,第一復位件834用於偏壓操作件831以使操作件831向驅動鎖定件832移動至鎖定位置的方向移動。本實施例中,第一復位件834為彈簧,第一復位件834用於為操作件831提供復位的彈性力。具體地,腳踏板190的中空內腔193中設有第一安裝柱194。操作件831內設有能與中空內腔193連通的安裝腔8312,安裝腔8312內設有與第一安裝柱194相對設置的第二安裝柱8313,且第一安裝柱194位於第二安裝柱8313的D3方向上。第一復位件834的兩端分別套設於第一安裝柱194和第二安裝柱8313外,以防止第一復位件834發生偏移。Further, as shown in Figure 46, a first reset member 834 is disposed between the operating member 831 and the foot pedal 190. The first reset member 834 is used to bias the operating member 831 so that the operating member 831 moves in the direction that drives the locking member 832 to the locked position. In this embodiment, the first reset member 834 is a spring, which is used to provide a reset elastic force for the operating member 831. Specifically, a first mounting post 194 is provided in the hollow inner cavity 193 of the foot pedal 190. The operating member 831 is provided with a mounting cavity 8312 that can communicate with the hollow inner cavity 193. A second mounting post 8313 is provided in the mounting cavity 8312, which is opposite to the first mounting post 194, and the first mounting post 194 is located in the D3 direction of the second mounting post 8313. The two ends of the first reset member 834 are respectively sleeved on the outside of the first mounting post 194 and the second mounting post 8313 to prevent the first reset member 834 from shifting.
進一步地,如圖46和圖47所示,第二復位件835設於鎖定件832和腳踏板190之間,第二復位件835用於偏壓鎖定件832以使鎖定件832向鎖定位置移動。本實施例中,第二復位件835為彈簧,第二復位件835用於為鎖定件832提供復位至鎖定位置的彈性力。具體地,腳踏板190的中空內腔193中安裝有鎖定件832的部分設有第一凸台195,鎖定件832環設有與第一凸台195相對的第二凸台8321,且第二凸台8321位於第一凸台195靠近導向件811的一側。第二復位件835套設於鎖定件832外且第二復位件835的兩端分別與第一凸台195、第二凸台8321相抵,以防止第二復位件835發生偏移。Further, as shown in Figures 46 and 47, a second reset member 835 is disposed between the locking member 832 and the foot pedal 190. The second reset member 835 is used to bias the locking member 832 to move the locking member 832 to the locked position. In this embodiment, the second reset member 835 is a spring, which is used to provide an elastic force to reset the locking member 832 to the locked position. Specifically, the portion of the foot pedal 190 in the hollow cavity 193 in which the locking member 832 is installed is provided with a first boss 195. The locking member 832 is provided with a second boss 8321 opposite to the first boss 195, and the second boss 8321 is located on the side of the first boss 195 near the guide member 811. The second reset member 835 is sleeved outside the locking member 832, and the two ends of the second reset member 835 abut against the first boss 195 and the second boss 8321 respectively, to prevent the second reset member 835 from shifting.
在上述實施例中,腳踏板190的高度調節過程如下:In the above embodiment, the height adjustment process of the foot pedal 190 is as follows:
如圖46和圖47所示,若要提高腳踏板190的高度,假設腳踏板190處於如圖46所示的高度位置處,即腳踏板190上的鎖定件832插設於最高位的第一鎖定槽836中,此時可以直接向第一方向D1推動腳踏板190,使得腳踏板190上的鎖定件832在第一鎖定槽836內的第一抵推斜面8361的作用下(若此時鎖定件832插設於第三鎖定槽838中,則是在第二抵推斜面8381的作用下)逐漸向遠離相應側的導向件811方向移動(以圖46所示左側的鎖定件832為例,即向D4方向移動),第二復位件835逐漸被壓縮。當鎖定件832移動至第一抵推斜面8361的最上端,即鎖定件832已移出第一鎖定槽836時,鎖定件832處於釋鎖位置,此時隨著腳踏板190被繼續向第一方向D1推動時,鎖定件832在導向件811內側的抵推作用下繼續保持釋鎖位置。當鎖定件832隨著腳踏板190移動至與第二鎖定槽837相對時,失去導向件811內側抵推作用的鎖定件832則在第二復位件835的作用下復位至鎖定位置並插設於第二鎖定槽837內。如此,腳踏板190固定於較高的位置高度處。應當理解的是,由於第二鎖定槽837為雙向鎖定槽,處於此高度位置的腳踏板190即使被繼續向第一方向D1推動,由於第一限位側壁8371的限制,也無法繼續向第一方向D1移動。但是,若此時鎖定件832是插設於任一第一鎖定槽836內,則腳踏板190仍能被繼續向第一方向D1推動而繼續向第一方向D1移動。同時,在上述過程中,當鎖定件832沿著第一抵推斜面8361由鎖定位置移動至釋鎖位置的過程中,由於鎖定件832與聯動件833固定連接,聯動件833也將在鎖定件832的帶動下向D4方向移動(以圖46所示左側的聯動件833為例),並通過第二端8332(或第二端8332處的鎖定銷)帶動操作件831向D3方向移動,第一復位件834被壓縮。As shown in Figures 46 and 47, to raise the height of the foot pedal 190, assuming the foot pedal 190 is at the height position shown in Figure 46, that is, the locking member 832 on the foot pedal 190 is inserted into the first locking groove 836 at the highest position, the foot pedal 190 can be directly pushed in the first direction D1, so that the locking member 832 on the foot pedal 190 is in the first locking position. Under the action of the first pushing inclined surface 8361 in the groove 836 (or under the action of the second pushing inclined surface 8381 if the locking member 832 is inserted in the third locking groove 838 at this time), it gradually moves away from the guide member 811 on the corresponding side (taking the locking member 832 on the left side shown in Figure 46 as an example, that is, it moves in the D4 direction), and the second reset member 835 is gradually compressed. When the locking member 832 moves to the uppermost end of the first pushing inclined surface 8361, that is, when the locking member 832 has moved out of the first locking groove 836, the locking member 832 is in the unlocked position. At this time, as the foot pedal 190 continues to be pushed in the first direction D1, the locking member 832 continues to maintain the unlocked position under the pushing action of the inner side of the guide member 811. When the locking member 832 moves with the foot pedal 190 to be opposite the second locking groove 837, the locking member 832, having lost the pushing action of the inner side of the guide member 811, is reset to the locked position under the action of the second reset member 835 and inserted into the second locking groove 837. In this way, the foot pedal 190 is fixed at a higher position. It should be understood that, since the second locking groove 837 is a bidirectional locking groove, even if the foot pedal 190 at this height position is continued to be pushed in the first direction D1, it cannot continue to move in the first direction D1 due to the restriction of the first limiting sidewall 8371. However, if the locking member 832 is inserted into either of the first locking grooves 836 at this time, the foot pedal 190 can still be continued to be pushed in the first direction D1 and continue to move in the first direction D1. Meanwhile, during the above process, as the locking member 832 moves from the locked position to the unlocked position along the first pushing inclined surface 8361, since the locking member 832 is fixedly connected to the linkage member 833, the linkage member 833 will also move in the D4 direction under the drive of the locking member 832 (taking the linkage member 833 on the left side shown in Figure 46 as an example), and drive the operating member 831 to move in the D3 direction through the second end 8332 (or the locking pin at the second end 8332), and the first reset member 834 is compressed.
如圖46和圖47所示,而若要降低腳踏板190的高度,假設腳踏板190處於如圖46所示的高度位置處,即腳踏板190上的鎖定件832插設於最高位的第一鎖定槽836中,則需向D3方向按壓操作件831,使得聯動件833的第一端8331(或第一端8331處的鎖定銷)沿驅動槽8311從第一槽端83111移動至第二槽端83112,使得聯動件833向D4方向移動(以圖46所示左側的聯動件833為例),同時帶動鎖定件832一同向D4方向移動(以圖46所示左側的鎖定件832為例),即帶動鎖定件832向遠離相應側的導向件811方向移動。當鎖定件832由鎖定位置移動至釋鎖位置時,則鎖定件832與最高位的第一鎖定槽836脫離卡合。此時即可同時向第二方向D2拉動腳踏板190,即使得腳踏板190向下移動。當腳踏板190移動至與其他任一第一鎖定槽836相對時,則可以鬆開操作件831。操作件831在第一復位件834的作用下復位,同時帶動聯動件833向D4方向的反方向移動(以圖46所示左側的聯動件833為例)。而鎖定件832則在聯動件833的帶動下以及第二復位件835的彈性力作用下,由釋鎖位置回復至鎖定位置,使得鎖定件832重新插設於其他任一第一鎖定槽836中。如此,腳踏板190固定於較低的位置高度處。As shown in Figures 46 and 47, to lower the height of the foot pedal 190, assuming the foot pedal 190 is at the height position shown in Figure 46, i.e., the locking member 832 on the foot pedal 190 is inserted into the first locking groove 836 at the highest position, the operating member 831 needs to be pressed in the D3 direction, so that the first end 8331 of the linkage 833 (or the locking pin at the first end 8331) moves along the drive... The moving groove 8311 moves from the first groove end 83111 to the second groove end 83112, causing the linkage 833 to move in the D4 direction (taking the linkage 833 on the left side of Figure 46 as an example), simultaneously driving the locking member 832 to move in the D4 direction as well (taking the locking member 832 on the left side of Figure 46 as an example), that is, driving the locking member 832 to move away from the guide member 811 on the corresponding side. When the locking member 832 moves from the locked position to the unlocked position, the locking member 832 disengages from the first locking groove 836 in the highest position. At this time, the foot pedal 190 can be pulled in the second direction D2, so that the foot pedal 190 moves downward. When the foot pedal 190 moves to be opposite any other first locking slot 836, the operating member 831 can be released. The operating member 831 is reset by the first reset member 834, simultaneously driving the linkage 833 to move in the opposite direction of D4 (taking the linkage 833 on the left side of Figure 46 as an example). The locking member 832, driven by the linkage 833 and the elastic force of the second reset member 835, returns from the released position to the locked position, allowing the locking member 832 to be re-inserted into any other first locking slot 836. Thus, the foot pedal 190 is fixed at a lower position height.
如圖49至圖51所示,本發明另一實施例還提出另一種高度調節機構800,該高度調節機構800包括前腳支撐組件810、腳踏板190、鎖定組件830及卡接件860。其中,前腳支撐組件810和鎖定組件830的結構與第一個實施例相同,其不同之處僅在於,本實施例中,腳踏板190和卡接件860為兩個相互獨立的部件,而在上一實施例中,腳踏板190則包括踏板本體191和卡接件192,踏板本體191和卡接件192為一體成型的結構。As shown in Figures 49 to 51, another embodiment of the present invention proposes another height adjustment mechanism 800, which includes a forefoot support component 810, a foot pedal 190, a locking component 830, and a latching component 860. The forefoot support component 810 and the locking component 830 have the same structure as in the first embodiment. The difference lies only in that, in this embodiment, the foot pedal 190 and the latching component 860 are two independent components, while in the previous embodiment, the foot pedal 190 included a pedal body 191 and a latching component 192, which were integrally formed.
如圖50和圖51所示,卡接件860有兩個且分別連接於腳踏板190的兩側。下面以腳踏板190一側的結構為例具體描述卡接件860和腳踏板190:As shown in Figures 50 and 51, there are two snap-fit connectors 860, which are respectively connected to both sides of the foot pedal 190. The following description uses the structure of one side of the foot pedal 190 as an example to illustrate the snap-fit connector 860 and the foot pedal 190:
卡接件860包括相互連接且呈夾角設置的卡接本體861和連接部862,卡接本體861至少部分插設於導向槽8111內且能沿導向槽8111滑動。具體地,卡接本體861背向連接部862的一面設有兩個相對設置的配合部8612,卡接件860通過這兩個配合部8612能與導向件811上的導向槽8111卡接配合且能沿導向槽8111滑動。卡接本體861上設有穿設孔8611。腳踏板190的一端設有凹口196,鎖定件832處於鎖定位置時,鎖定件832能從凹口196伸出中空內腔193。連接部862能插設於凹口196內而實現卡接件860與腳踏板190之間的連接,同時當鎖定件832處於鎖定位置時,鎖定件832能從凹口196伸出中空內腔193並經穿設孔9611而插設於任一第一鎖定槽836或第二鎖定槽837中。The snap-fit component 860 includes a snap-fit body 861 and a connecting portion 862 that are interconnected and angled together. The snap-fit body 861 is at least partially inserted into the guide groove 8111 and can slide along the guide groove 8111. Specifically, the side of the snap-fit body 861 facing away from the connecting portion 862 has two opposing mating portions 8612. The snap-fit component 860 can engage with the guide groove 8111 on the guide component 811 through these two mating portions 8612 and can slide along the guide groove 8111. The snap-fit body 861 has a through hole 8611. One end of the foot pedal 190 has a notch 196. When the locking member 832 is in the locked position, the locking member 832 can extend out of the hollow inner cavity 193 from the notch 196. The connecting part 862 can be inserted into the recess 196 to realize the connection between the snap-fit member 860 and the foot pedal 190. At the same time, when the locking member 832 is in the locked position, the locking member 832 can extend out of the hollow inner cavity 193 from the recess 196 and be inserted into either the first locking groove 836 or the second locking groove 837 through the through hole 9611.
當然,在其他未示出的實施例中,導向件811也可以省略,導向槽8111可以直接設置於前腳支撐杆161、162上,卡接件860通過這兩個配合部8612直接與前腳支撐杆161、162的導向槽8111卡接配合。Of course, in other embodiments not shown, the guide member 811 may also be omitted, and the guide groove 8111 may be directly provided on the front foot support rods 161 and 162. The snap-fit member 860 directly engages with the guide groove 8111 of the front foot support rods 161 and 162 through these two mating parts 8612.
本實施例中,卡接件860與腳踏板190可伸縮地連接或活動地連接。如圖49和圖81所示,由於連接部862在水平方向上具有一定的長度,當兩個連接部862分別插設於腳踏板190兩端的凹口196時,腳踏板190能向靠近或遠離任一側的前腳支撐組件810或卡接本體861的方向移動,即腳踏板190可以在水平方向上於一定範圍內移動。如此設置,相當於通過連接部862插設於腳踏板190的不同深度來調整腳踏區域的寬度(此處腳踏區域指的是腳踏板190的水平方向尺寸和露出於腳踏板190外的連接部862的水平方向尺寸之和),一方面可以解決由於兩個前腳支撐組件810的加工公差而導致不同載具的兩個導向件811之間的寬度不一樣所造成的腳踏板190高度調整不順的問題,另一方面,當前腳支撐組件810呈傾斜狀時,即前腳支撐杆161、162或導向件811呈傾斜狀,前腳支撐杆161、162與腳踏板190之間的上夾角α(如圖49所示)小於90度時,可以解決載具的兩組前腳支撐杆161、162的底部和頂部間距不一樣而導致的腳踏板190滑動不暢的問題。In this embodiment, the snap-fit member 860 is retractably or movably connected to the foot pedal 190. As shown in Figures 49 and 81, since the connecting part 862 has a certain length in the horizontal direction, when the two connecting parts 862 are respectively inserted into the recesses 196 at both ends of the foot pedal 190, the foot pedal 190 can move towards or away from either the forefoot support component 810 or the snap-fit body 861, that is, the foot pedal 190 can move within a certain range in the horizontal direction. This configuration effectively adjusts the width of the foot pedal area (here, the foot pedal area refers to the sum of the horizontal dimension of the foot pedal 190 and the horizontal dimension of the connecting part 862 protruding from the foot pedal 190) by varying the depth of the connecting part 862 inserted into the foot pedal 190. This addresses the issue of inconsistent widths between the two guide members 811 on different vehicles due to machining tolerances in the two front foot support components 810. On the one hand, the problem of uneven height adjustment can be solved. On the other hand, when the front foot support assembly 810 is tilted, that is, when the front foot support rods 161, 162 or the guide 811 is tilted, and the upper angle α between the front foot support rods 161, 162 and the foot pedal 190 (as shown in Figure 49) is less than 90 degrees, the problem of uneven sliding of the foot pedal 190 caused by the different distances between the bottom and top of the two sets of front foot support rods 161, 162 of the vehicle can be solved.
上述高度調節機構800及載具至少具有以下有益效果:The aforementioned height adjustment mechanism 800 and vehicle have at least the following beneficial effects:
上述用於載具的高度調節機構800中,在前腳支撐組件810和腳踏板190之間設置鎖定組件830,鎖定組件830處於鎖定狀態時,腳踏板190能相對前腳支撐組件810固定於某一高度處,且當腳踏板190被操作時,腳踏板190能沿平行於高度方向的第一方向D1移動,而當鎖定組件830處於釋鎖狀態時,腳踏板190被操作時即可以沿第一方向D1移動也可以沿與第一方向D1相反的第二方向D2移動。即鎖定組件830能對腳踏板190在高度方向上進行單向鎖定,使得使用者僅在向第二方向D2移動腳踏板190時需要釋鎖鎖定組件830,而在向第一方向D1移動腳踏板190時則無需釋鎖鎖定組件830。該高度調節機構800結構簡單,操作方便。In the aforementioned height adjustment mechanism 800 for a vehicle, a locking component 830 is provided between the front foot support assembly 810 and the foot pedal 190. When the locking component 830 is in the locked state, the foot pedal 190 can be fixed at a certain height relative to the front foot support assembly 810. When the foot pedal 190 is operated, the foot pedal 190 can move along a first direction D1 parallel to the height direction. When the locking component 830 is in the unlocked state, the foot pedal 190 can move either along the first direction D1 or along a second direction D2 opposite to the first direction D1 when operated. The locking component 830 can unidirectionally lock the foot pedal 190 in the height direction, so that the user only needs to release the locking component 830 when moving the foot pedal 190 in the second direction D2, and does not need to release the locking component 830 when moving the foot pedal 190 in the first direction D1. This height adjustment mechanism 800 has a simple structure and is easy to operate.
而本發明另一實施例中所提出的高度調節機構800,在兩個前腳支撐組件810存在加工公差,或者兩個前腳支撐杆161、162為傾斜情況下,通過卡接件860可以在調整腳踏板190高度的同時,也能調整腳踏板190的寬度,以適應不同年齡的兒童,或者解決腳踏板190調節不暢的問題。In another embodiment of the present invention, the height adjustment mechanism 800 can adjust the width of the foot pedal 190 at the same time as adjusting the height, in cases where there are machining tolerances in the two front foot support components 810 or the two front foot support rods 161 and 162 are tilted, by means of the snap-fit component 860, to accommodate children of different ages or solve the problem of the foot pedal 190 being difficult to adjust.
以上各面向的各實施例的各技術特徵可以進行任意的組合,為使描述簡潔,未對上述各面向的各實施例中的各個技術特徵所有可能的組合都進行描述,然而,只要這些技術特徵的組合不存在矛盾,都應當認為是本說明書記載的範圍。The technical features of each embodiment in each of the above aspects can be combined in any way. For the sake of brevity, not all possible combinations of the technical features in each embodiment in each of the above aspects are described. However, as long as there is no contradiction in the combination of these technical features, they should be considered to be within the scope of this specification.
以上所述實施例僅表達了本發明的幾種實施方式,其描述較為具體和詳細,但並不能因此而理解為對發明專利範圍的限制。應當指出的是,對於本領域的普通技術人員來說,在不脫離本發明構思的前提下,還可以做出若干變形和改進,這些都屬於本發明的保護範圍。因此,本發明專利的保護範圍應以所附申請專利範圍為准。The embodiments described above merely illustrate several implementations of the present invention, and while the descriptions are relatively specific and detailed, they should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention patent. It should be noted that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and improvements without departing from the inventive concept, and these all fall within the scope of protection of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of protection of this invention patent shall be determined by the appended patent application.
38:第一對接面91、92、93、94:樞軸95:第一連接軸96:第二連接軸97:樞轉軸100:車架101、102:側向車架110:座管120:推手架121:推手本體122:第一推手杆123:第二推手杆130:扶手架131:扶手本體132:第一扶手杆133:第二扶手杆140:輔助架150:連接架160:前腳支撐架161:第一前腳支撐杆162:第二前腳支撐杆164:輪座連接部170:後腳支撐架171:後腳支撐杆172:第二後腳支撐杆173:後橫杆181:前輪組件182:後輪組件190:腳踏板191:本體192:卡接件193:中空內腔194:第一安裝柱195:第一凸台196:凹口1000:載具1101、1102、1201、1301、1302、1401、1402、1501、1502、1601、1602、1612、1701、1702:孔1205:切面1303:第一滑槽1304:第二滑槽1403:滑槽1500:連杆組件1503:鎖合槽1503a:第一鎖合槽1503b:第二鎖合槽1510:第一連杆1511:第一活動部1512:第一樞接部1513:驅動槽1520:第二連杆1521:第一杆部1522:第二杆部1523:第二活動部1524:第二樞接部1600:限位塊1610:限位本體部1611:安裝槽1613:第一端面1614:導向槽1615:槽口1616:延長支撐部1617:限位凸起1618:端面1620:伸縮部1621:滑塊1622:彈性復位件1630:限位機構1631:限位孔1632:限位凸塊1700:安裝座1710A:第一容置空間1710B:第二容置空間1710:殼體1711:擋板1712:第一限位部1713:第二限位部1720:蓋體1721:臺階1722:開口1921:連接部1922:配合部15111:第一活動凸15231:第二活動凸200:座椅組件212:第二突出部213:凹部214:通孔220:活動架221:滑動套筒222:連接部223:第一安裝部224:第二安裝部225:凹槽226:卡接部230:座椅架2221:槽口2222:導向槽2222a:第一槽部2222b:第二槽部2222c:第一端2222d:第二端2223:第一連接段2224:第二連接段300:扶手安裝單元301、302:孔310:第一連接座312:卡合槽320:第二連接座323:容納空間325:樞軸327:配卡部330:第一磁吸件340:空間341:卡合件342:釋鎖件345:彈性復位件348:第二磁吸件349:支座370:安裝座371:凸起372:止轉檯376:緊固機構377:連接孔378:凸台3101:本體3102:外表面3103:定位槽3104:限位底部3105:定位柱3106:卡孔3107:安裝孔3108:沉台3109:口部3220:第二對接面3222:插設孔3231、3232:安裝孔3411:彈性臂3412:固定部3413:抵接部3421:頂推部3421a:頂推斜面3421c:滑動面3423:操作部3429:肩部3491:間隔件3492:緊固件3493:限位塊3494:定位柱3495:凸台3496:導引面3497:安裝柱3498、34120:孔3710、34950:容納腔3761:彈性臂3762:緊固件34111:卡合部34951:底部34952:開口400:背靠組件410:第一背靠架411:背靠主體412:第一背靠杆413:第二背靠杆414:活動端420:第二背靠架421:背靠橫向架422:背靠豎向架430:束帶440:束帶調節器450:背靠管460:限位片500:聯動機構510:聯動杆512:第一突出部520:彈性件530:傳動組件531:聯動齒輪532:從動齒輪533:輸出齒輪540:滑動件541:齒牙542:連接部543:滑動部544:通孔550:牽引件560:驅動輪580:導引件590:連接件600:驅動組件610:第一驅動杆620:第二驅動杆630:樞接軸631:第一軸段632:第二軸段633:第三軸段634:軸肩635:中心孔640:連杆機構650:緊固件660:樞軸6011、6321、6331:切面601、603:孔700:收合鎖定機構710:第一操作件730:鎖合銷731:鎖合部732:第一抵推部740:第一滑塊741:第二抵推部800:高度調節機構810:前腳支撐組件811:導向件830:鎖定組件831:操作件832:鎖定件833:聯動件834:第一復位件835:第二復位件836:第一鎖定槽837:第二鎖定槽838:第三鎖定槽850:限位件860:卡接件861:卡接本體862:連接部8111:導向槽8311:驅動槽8312:安裝腔8313:第二安裝柱8321:第二凸台8331:第一端8332:第二端8361:第一抵推斜面8362:限位壁8371:第一限位側壁8372:第二限位側壁8381:第二抵推斜面8382:安裝口8611:穿設孔8612:配合部83111:第一槽端83112:第二槽端910:第二操作件920:第二滑塊921:卡合槽930:第一卡合塊931:第一擋板940:第二卡合塊941:第二擋板980:緊固件9332:第二端9611:穿設孔D1、P:第一方向D2、Q:第二方向D3:第三方向D4:第四方向D5:第五方向F1:第一前進方向F2:第二前進方向M:第一轉軸N:第二轉軸 S1:第一方向S2:第二方向38: First mating surface; 91, 92, 93, 94: Pivot; 95: First connecting shaft; 96: Second connecting shaft; 97: Pivot shaft; 100: Frame; 101, 102: Side frame; 110: Seat post; 120: Push handle frame; 121: Push handle body; 122: First push handle rod; 123: Second push handle rod; 130: Handrail frame; 131: Handrail body; 132: First handrail rod; 133: Second handrail rod; 140: Auxiliary... 150: Frame 160: Front foot support frame 161: First front foot support rod 162: Second front foot support rod 164: Wheel seat connection 170: Rear foot support frame 171: Rear foot support rod 172: Second rear foot support rod 173: Rear crossbar 181: Front wheel assembly 182: Rear wheel assembly 190: Foot pedal 191: Body 192: Clip-on part 193: Hollow inner cavity 194: First mounting post 1 95: First boss; 196: Notch; 1000: Carrier; 1101, 1102, 1201, 1301, 1302, 1401, 1402, 1501, 1502, 1601, 1602, 1612, 1701, 1702: Hole; 1205: Cut surface; 1303: First slide groove; 1304: Second slide groove; 1403: Slide groove; 1500: Linkage assembly; 1503: Locking mechanism. 1503a: First locking groove; 1503b: Second locking groove; 1510: First connecting rod; 1511: First movable part; 1512: First hinge part; 1513: Drive groove; 1520: Second connecting rod; 1521: First rod part; 1522: Second rod part; 1523: Second movable part; 1524: Second hinge part; 1600: Limiting block; 1610: Limiting body part; 1611: Mounting groove; 1613: First... 1614: Guide groove; 1615: Groove; 1616: Extended support; 1617: Limiting protrusion; 1618: End face; 1620: Telescopic part; 1621: Slider; 1622: Elastic return element; 1630: Limiting mechanism; 1631: Limiting hole; 1632: Limiting protrusion; 1700: Mounting base; 1710A: First accommodating space; 1710B: Second accommodating space; 1710: Casing; 1711: 1712: First limiting part; 1713: Second limiting part; 1720: Cover; 1721: Step; 1722: Opening; 1921: Connecting part; 1922: Fitting part; 15111: First movable protrusion; 15231: Second movable protrusion; 200: Seat assembly; 212: Second protrusion; 213: Recess; 214: Through hole; 220: Movable frame; 221: Sliding sleeve; 222: Connecting part; 223: First mounting plate. Mounting part 224: Second mounting part 225: Groove 226: Snap-fit part 230: Seat frame 2221: Slot 2222: Guide slot 2222a: First slot 2222b: Second slot 2222c: First end 2222d: Second end 2223: First connecting section 2224: Second connecting section 300: Armrest mounting units 301, 302: Hole 310: First connecting seat 312: Snap-fit groove 320: Second connector 323: Reception space 325: Pivot 327: Card dispensing part 330: First magnetic clasp 340: Space 341: Engaging part 342: Release part 345: Elastic return part 348: Second magnetic clasp 349: Support 370: Mounting base 371: Protrusion 372: Anti-rotation table 376: Fastening mechanism 377: Connecting hole 378: Boss 3101: Body 3102: Outer surface 103: Positioning groove; 3104: Limiting bottom; 3105: Positioning post; 3106: Locking hole; 3107: Mounting hole; 3108: Recessed platform; 3109: Opening; 3220: Second mating surface; 3222: Insertion hole; 3231, 3232: Mounting hole; 3411: Elastic arm; 3412: Fixing part; 3413: Abutting part; 3421: Pushing part; 3421a: Pushing inclined surface; 3421c: Sliding surface; 3423 : Operating part 3429: Shoulder 3491: Spacer 3492: Fastener 3493: Limit block 3494: Positioning post 3495: Boss 3496: Guide surface 3497: Mounting post 3498, 34120: Hole 3710, 34950: Reception cavity 3761: Flexible arm 3762: Fastener 34111: Engaging part 34951: Bottom 34952: Opening 400: Backrest Component 410: First backrest frame; 411: Backrest body; 412: First backrest rod; 413: Second backrest rod; 414: Movable end; 420: Second backrest frame; 421: Backrest horizontal frame; 422: Backrest vertical frame; 430: Strap; 440: Strap adjuster; 450: Backrest tube; 460: Limiting piece; 500: Linkage mechanism; 510: Linkage rod; 512: First protrusion; 520: Elastic element; 530: Transmission assembly. 531: Linkage gear; 532: Driven gear; 533: Output gear; 540: Sliding member; 541: Tooth; 542: Connecting part; 543: Sliding part; 544: Through hole; 550: Traction member; 560: Drive wheel; 580: Guide member; 590: Connecting member; 600: Drive assembly; 610: First drive rod; 620: Second drive rod; 630: Linkage shaft; 631: First shaft segment; 632: Second shaft segment; 633: ... Three-axis segment 634: Shoulder 635: Center hole 640: Linkage mechanism 650: Fastener 660: Pivot 6011, 6321, 6331: Sections 601, 603: Hole 700: Closing locking mechanism 710: First operating element 730: Locking pin 731: Locking part 732: First pushing part 740: First slider 741: Second pushing part 800: Height adjustment mechanism 810: Front foot support Support component 811: Guide component 830: Locking component 831: Operating component 832: Locking component 833: Linking component 834: First reset component 835: Second reset component 836: First locking groove 837: Second locking groove 838: Third locking groove 850: Limiting component 860: Snap-fit component 861: Snap-fit body 862: Connecting part 8111: Guide groove 8311: Drive groove 8312: Mounting cavity 83 13: Second mounting post 8321: Second boss 8331: First end 8332: Second end 8361: First pushing slope 8362: Limiting wall 8371: First limiting side wall 8372: Second limiting side wall 8381: Second pushing slope 8382: Mounting port 8611: Through hole 8612: Mating part 83111: First groove end 83112: Second groove end 910: Second operating component 9 20: Second slider 921: Engaging groove 930: First engaging block 931: First stop plate 940: Second engaging block 941: Second stop plate 980: Fastener 9332: Second end 9611: Through hole D1, P: First direction D2, Q: Second direction D3: Third direction D4: Fourth direction D5: Fifth direction F1: First forward direction F2: Second forward direction M: First rotating shaft N: Second rotating shaft S1: First direction S2: Second direction
構成本申請的一部分的附圖用來提供對本發明的進一步理解,本發明的示意性實施例及其說明用於解釋本發明,並不構成對本發明的不當限定。The accompanying drawings, which form part of this application, are used to provide a further understanding of the invention. The illustrative embodiments of the invention and their descriptions are used to explain the invention and do not constitute an undue limitation of the invention.
圖1繪示根據本發明第一方面所提供的載具之立體圖,並且載具處於展開狀態。Figure 1 shows a perspective view of the vehicle provided according to the first aspect of the present invention, with the vehicle in an deployed state.
圖2繪示圖1所示的載具之分解圖。Figure 2 shows an exploded view of the vehicle shown in Figure 1.
圖3繪示圖1所示的載具中的驅動組件在一個角度之立體圖。Figure 3 shows a three-dimensional view of the drive assembly in the vehicle shown in Figure 1 at one angle.
圖4繪示圖1所示的載具中的驅動組件在另一個角度之立體圖。Figure 4 shows a three-dimensional view of the drive assembly in the vehicle shown in Figure 1 from another angle.
圖5繪示圖1所示的載具中的限位塊之立體圖。Figure 5 shows a three-dimensional view of the limiting block in the vehicle shown in Figure 1.
圖6繪示圖1所示的載具處於介於展開狀態和收合狀態之間的一個狀態之立體圖。Figure 6 shows a three-dimensional view of the vehicle shown in Figure 1 in a state between the deployed and retracted states.
圖7繪示圖1所示的載具處於介於展開狀態和收合狀態之間的又一個狀態之剖視圖。Figure 7 shows a cross-sectional view of the vehicle shown in Figure 1 in another state between the deployed and retracted states.
圖8繪示圖1所示的載具處於收合狀態之立體圖。Figure 8 shows a three-dimensional view of the vehicle shown in Figure 1 in the folded state.
圖9繪示根據本發明第二方面所提供的載具之結構示意圖,其中車架處於展開狀態。Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the vehicle provided according to the second aspect of the present invention, wherein the frame is in an unfolded state.
圖10繪示圖9所示的載具之分解圖。Figure 10 shows an exploded view of the vehicle shown in Figure 9.
圖11繪示圖9所示的載具在另一視角下之結構示意圖及部分座椅組件、連杆組件之局部放大圖。Figure 11 shows a structural schematic diagram of the vehicle shown in Figure 9 from another viewpoint, as well as a partial enlarged view of some seat components and linkage components.
圖12繪示圖9所示的載具省去前腳支撐架、後腳支撐架和車輪組件後之結構示意圖。Figure 12 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the vehicle shown in Figure 9 after omitting the front support frame, rear support frame, and wheel assembly.
圖13繪示圖12所示的載具中的A處分解圖。Figure 13 shows an exploded view of point A in the vehicle shown in Figure 12.
圖14繪示圖9所示的載具之側向剖視圖及部分座椅組件、連杆組件和背靠組件之局部放大圖,其中車架處於展開狀態且束帶處於第一長度。Figure 14 shows a side sectional view of the vehicle shown in Figure 9 and a partial enlarged view of some seat components, linkage components and backrest components, wherein the frame is in the unfolded state and the straps are at the first length.
圖15繪示圖9所示的載具之側向剖視圖及部分座椅組件、連杆組件和背靠組件之局部放大圖,其中車架處於展開狀態且束帶處於第二長度。Figure 15 shows a side sectional view of the vehicle shown in Figure 9 and a partial enlarged view of some seat components, linkage components and backrest components, in which the frame is in the unfolded state and the straps are at the second length.
圖16繪示圖15所示的載具的推手架換向後之結構示意圖及部分座椅組件、連杆組件和背靠組件之局部放大圖。Figure 16 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the vehicle shown in Figure 15 after the pusher arm is reversed, as well as enlarged views of some seat components, linkage components and backrest components.
圖17a繪示圖9所示的載具之側向剖視圖及部分座椅組件、連杆組件和背靠組件之局部放大圖,其中車架處於收合狀態。Figure 17a shows a side sectional view of the vehicle shown in Figure 9 and a partial enlarged view of some seat components, linkage components and backrest components, with the frame in a folded state.
圖17b繪示圖17a所示的處於收合狀態的載具的另一角度之視圖。Figure 17b shows another view of the vehicle shown in Figure 17a in its folded state.
圖18繪示根據本發明第三方面的第一實施方式的載具在第一使用狀態之立體圖。Figure 18 shows a perspective view of a vehicle according to a first embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention in a first use state.
圖19繪示根據本發明第三方面的第一實施方式的載具在第二使用狀態之立體圖。Figure 19 shows a perspective view of the vehicle according to the first embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention in a second use state.
圖20繪示根據本發明第三方面的第一實施方式的載具在去除前腳支撐架和後腳支撐架後之立體圖。Figure 20 illustrates a perspective view of the vehicle according to the first embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention after the front foot support and the rear foot support have been removed.
圖21繪示根據本發明第三方面的第一實施方式的載具在去除前腳支撐架和後腳支撐架後之局部分解圖。Figure 21 shows a partial exploded view of the vehicle according to the first embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention after the front foot support and the rear foot support have been removed.
圖22繪示圖21的一部分之局部放大圖。Figure 22 shows a partial enlarged view of a portion of Figure 21.
圖23繪示根據本發明第三方面的第一實施方式的載具的另一視角在去除前腳支撐架和後腳支撐架後之局部分解圖。Figure 23 illustrates another view of the vehicle according to the first embodiment of the third aspect of the invention, after removing the front and rear support frames.
圖24繪示圖23的一部分之局部放大圖。Figure 24 shows a partial enlarged view of a portion of Figure 23.
圖25繪示根據本發明第三方面的第二實施方式的載具之立體圖。Figure 25 shows a perspective view of a vehicle according to the second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention.
圖26繪示根據本發明第三方面的第二實施方式的載具之側剖圖。Figure 26 shows a side sectional view of a vehicle according to a second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention.
圖27繪示圖26的一部分之局部放大圖。Figure 27 shows a partial enlarged view of a portion of Figure 26.
圖28繪示圖27中去除一些內部細節後顯示出線纜之示意圖。Figure 28 shows a schematic diagram of the cable after removing some internal details from Figure 27.
圖29繪示根據本發明第三方面的第二實施方式的載具的安裝座安裝於扶手杆中時之側視圖。Figure 29 shows a side view of the mounting base of the vehicle according to the second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention, when it is installed in the handrail.
圖30繪示根據本發明第三方面的第二實施方式的載具的安裝座以及安裝於其中的部件之立體圖。Figure 30 shows a perspective view of the mounting base of the vehicle according to the second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention and the components mounted therein.
圖31繪示根據本發明第三方面的第二實施方式的載具車的安裝座以及安裝於其中的部件之分解圖。Figure 31 shows an exploded view of the mounting base of the vehicle according to the second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention and the components mounted therein.
圖32繪示根據本發明第三方面的第二實施方式的載具的安裝座以及安裝於其中的部件的另一視角之分解圖。Figure 32 shows an exploded view from another angle of the mounting base of the vehicle according to the second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention and the components mounted therein.
圖33繪示根據本發明第三方面的第三實施方式的載具之立體圖。Figure 33 shows a perspective view of a vehicle according to a third embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention.
圖34繪示圖33的一部分之局部放大圖。Figure 34 shows a partial enlarged view of a portion of Figure 33.
圖35繪示根據本發明第四方面所提供的載具之立體圖,其應用有根據本發明第四方面提供的扶手安裝單元。Figure 35 shows a perspective view of a vehicle provided according to the fourth aspect of the present invention, which incorporates a handrail mounting unit provided according to the fourth aspect of the present invention.
圖36繪示圖35所示的載具的扶手本體和車架相分離之立體圖。Figure 36 shows a three-dimensional view of the handrail body and the frame of the vehicle shown in Figure 35 separated.
圖37繪示圖35所示的載具之C-C局部剖視圖,其中扶手安裝單元的第一連接座和第二連接座連接在一起。Figure 37 shows a partial sectional view along line C-C of the vehicle shown in Figure 35, in which the first and second connecting seats of the handrail mounting unit are connected together.
圖38繪示圖20中所示的第一連接座和第二連接座彼此分離之視圖。Figure 38 shows a view of the first connector and the second connector shown in Figure 20 separated from each other.
圖39繪示根據本發明第四方面所提供的扶手安裝單元的第一連接座之分解圖。Figure 39 shows an exploded view of the first connecting seat of the handrail mounting unit provided according to the fourth aspect of the present invention.
圖40繪示根據本發明第四方面所提供的扶手安裝單元的第一連接座之又一分解圖。Figure 40 shows another exploded view of the first connecting seat of the handrail mounting unit provided according to the fourth aspect of the present invention.
圖41繪示根據本發明第四方面所提供的扶手安裝單元的第二連接座之分解圖。Figure 41 shows an exploded view of the second connector of the handrail mounting unit provided according to the fourth aspect of the present invention.
圖42繪示根據本發明第四方面所提供的扶手安裝單元的第二連接座之又一分解圖。Figure 42 shows another exploded view of the second connecting seat of the handrail mounting unit provided according to the fourth aspect of the present invention.
圖43繪示圖35所示的載具之D-D局部剖視圖。Figure 43 shows a partial cross-sectional view along line D-D of the vehicle shown in Figure 35.
圖44繪示本發明第五方面所提供的載具之示意圖。Figure 44 shows a schematic diagram of the vehicle provided in the fifth aspect of the present invention.
圖45繪示圖44所示的載具中的高度調節機構之示意圖。Figure 45 shows a schematic diagram of the height adjustment mechanism in the vehicle shown in Figure 44.
圖46繪示圖45中沿A-A線之剖視圖及虛線圈出部分之剖視圖。Figure 46 shows the sectional view along line A-A in Figure 45 and the sectional view of the part circled by the dotted line.
圖47繪示圖45中沿B-B線之剖視圖及虛線圈出部分之剖視圖。Figure 47 shows the sectional view along line B-B in Figure 45 and the sectional view of the part circled by the dotted line.
圖48繪示圖44所示的載具省去腳踏板和鎖定組件後的沿C-C線之剖視圖。Figure 48 shows a cross-sectional view along line C-C of the vehicle shown in Figure 44 after omitting the foot pedals and locking components.
圖49繪示根據本發明第五方面所提供的高度調節機構之示意圖。Figure 49 shows a schematic diagram of the height adjustment mechanism provided according to the fifth aspect of the present invention.
圖50繪示圖49所示的高度調節機構中的腳踏板之俯視圖。Figure 50 shows a top view of the foot pedal in the height adjustment mechanism shown in Figure 49.
圖51繪示圖49所示的高度調節機構中的腳踏板之分解圖。Figure 51 shows an exploded view of the foot pedal in the height adjustment mechanism shown in Figure 49.
91、92、93、94:樞軸 91, 92, 93, 94: Pivot Axis
100:車架 100: Frame
110:座管 110: Seat tube
120:推手架 120: Pushing frame
121:推手本體 121: The Essence of Pushing Hands
122:第一推手杆 122: First Pushing Pole
123:第二推手杆 123: Second pusher
130:扶手架 130: Handrail
131:扶手本體 131: Handrail Body
132:第一扶手杆 132: First handrail
133:第二扶手杆 133: Second handrail
140:輔助架 140: Assistive Frame
150:連接架 150: Connecting Frame
160:前腳支撐架 160: Forefoot support
161:第一前腳支撐杆 161: First forefoot support bar
162:第二前腳支撐杆 162: Second forefoot support bar
170:後腳支撐架 170: Rear foot support
171:後腳支撐杆 171: Rear foot support pole
172:第二後腳支撐杆 172: Second rear foot support pole
173:後橫杆 173: Rear Crossbar
181:前輪組件 181: Front wheel assembly
182:後輪組件 182: Rear wheel assembly
190:腳踏板 190: Foot pedals
1000:載具 1000: Vehicles
1600:限位塊 1600: Limit Block
1613:第一端面 1613: First end face
1620:伸縮部 1620: Extensor section
220:活動架 220: Movable shelf
226:卡接部 226: Connector
230:座椅架 230: Seat frame
300:扶手安裝單元 300: Handrail Installation Unit
400:背靠組件 400: Backrest Components
410:第一背靠架 410: First backrest frame
411:背靠主體 411: Backing onto the main body
412:第一背靠杆 412: First backrest bar
413:第二背靠杆 413: Second backrest bar
414:活動端 414: Event Terminal
430:束帶 430: Straps
440:束帶調節器 440: Belt Adjuster
450:背靠管 450: Back-to-back tube
630:樞接軸 630: Connecting shaft
650:緊固件 650: Fasteners
710:第一操作件 710: First Operating Component
940:第二卡合塊 940: Second card combination
941:第二擋板 941: Second baffle
P:第一方向 P: First direction
Q:第二方向 Q: Second direction
N:第二轉軸 N: Second rotating shaft
S1:第一方向 S1: First direction
S2:第二方向 S2: Second direction
Claims (8)
Applications Claiming Priority (12)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN2023103446117 | 2023-03-31 | ||
| CN202310344611 | 2023-03-31 | ||
| CN202310513910 | 2023-05-08 | ||
| CN2023105139109 | 2023-05-08 | ||
| CN2023107034296 | 2023-06-13 | ||
| CN202310703429 | 2023-06-13 | ||
| CN2023112069914 | 2023-09-18 | ||
| CN202311206991 | 2023-09-18 | ||
| CN2023112818015 | 2023-09-28 | ||
| CN202311281801 | 2023-09-28 | ||
| CN202410348461.1A CN118722825A (en) | 2023-03-31 | 2024-03-25 | Carrier, armrest mounting unit and height adjustment mechanism |
| CN2024103484611 | 2024-03-25 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202440389A TW202440389A (en) | 2024-10-16 |
| TWI911699B true TWI911699B (en) | 2026-01-11 |
Family
ID=
Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2022167687A1 (en) | 2021-02-08 | 2022-08-11 | Wonderland Switzerland Ag | Transportation device |
Patent Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2022167687A1 (en) | 2021-02-08 | 2022-08-11 | Wonderland Switzerland Ag | Transportation device |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US8186368B2 (en) | Child caretaking structures with adjustable canopies and/or headrests | |
| JP5258918B2 (en) | Infant carrier having a plurality of usage forms | |
| TWI857348B (en) | Baby carriage | |
| CN115848479A (en) | Seat and infant stroller thereof | |
| CN110775133A (en) | Baby carriage with seat backrest capable of being linked to be folded | |
| CN102452407A (en) | Baby carriage | |
| CN102126511B (en) | Infant and toddler carrier with multi-directional seating states | |
| CN114104074B (en) | Baby carriage and backrest angle adjusting mechanism thereof | |
| TWI911699B (en) | Carrier, armrest installation unit, and heigh adjustment mechanism | |
| TW202218922A (en) | Armrest folding mechanism and baby carriage | |
| TWI891006B (en) | Limiting device and child carrier | |
| CN221852005U (en) | Foldable carrier and child carrier | |
| CN222646096U (en) | Vehicles | |
| GB2474422A (en) | Foldable high chair | |
| CN118597242A (en) | A multifunctional children's product that is convenient to use | |
| CN113002383A (en) | Child safety seat | |
| TW202440389A (en) | Carrier, armrest installation unit, and heigh adjustment mechanism | |
| CN116691805A (en) | Child cart | |
| CN213262560U (en) | Backrest angle adjusting mechanism and infant carrier thereof | |
| CN209454828U (en) | Stroller seat | |
| TWI899011B (en) | Child safety seat | |
| CN223686643U (en) | Baby carriage frame | |
| CN116714657B (en) | A children's stroller | |
| CN222202666U (en) | Angle-adjustable chair | |
| TW202547726A (en) | Child carrier |